REKLAMA

spfd54124.pdf

Jak podłączyć i obsłużyć LCD LKD-1697V z ATmega16?

PDF'a dodaję w załączniku. Z tego, co udało mi się znaleźć na chińskich stronach, sterowanie to "8080 8-bit data bus". Jest to opisane w tym pdf'ie. Podejrzewam, że sterowanie może być podobne do wyświetlacza z tego tematu. http://www.elektroda.pl/rtvforum/topic1344700.html#6669973 A ten lcd wygląda bardzo podobnie (rozdzielczość i sterownil) http://www.module.ro/nokia_3110.html


Pobierz plik - link do postu

SPFD54124B
396-channel 6-bit Source Driver with
System-on-chip for Color
Amorphous TFT-LCDs

Preliminary
APR. 26, 2007
Version 0.6
ORISE Technology reserves the right to change this documentation without prior notice. Information provided by ORISE Technology is believed to be
accurate and reliable. However, ORISE Technology makes no warranty for any errors which may appear in this document.

Contact ORISE Technology to

obtain the latest version of device specifications before placing your order. No responsibility is assumed by ORISE Technology for any infringement of patent
or other rights of third parties which may result from its use. In addition, ORISE Technology products are not authorized for use as critical components in life
support devices/ systems or aviation devices/systems, where a malfunction or failure of the product may reasonably be expected to result in significant injury to
the user, without the express written approval of ORISE Technology.

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Table of Contents
PAGE
1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION .......................................................................................................................................................................... 6
2. FEATURES.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 6
3. ORDERING INFORMATION........................................................................................................................................................................ 6
4. BLOCK DIAGRAM ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 7
5. SIGNAL DESCRIPTIONS............................................................................................................................................................................ 9
6. INSTRUCTIONS ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 14
6.1. OUTLINE .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 14
6.1.1.

System Function Command List and Description ................................................................................................................ 14

6.1.2.

Panel Function Command List and Description ................................................................................................................... 17

6.2. SYSTEM COMMAND DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 20
6.2.1.

NOP (00h) ............................................................................................................................................................................ 20

6.2.2.

SWRESET (01h): Software Reset........................................................................................................................................ 20

6.2.3.

RDDID (04h): Read Display ID............................................................................................................................................. 22

6.2.4.

RDDST (09h): Read Display Status ..................................................................................................................................... 23

6.2.5.

RDDPM (0Ah): Read Display Power Mode.......................................................................................................................... 25

6.2.6.

RDDMADCTR (0Bh): Read Display MADCTR .................................................................................................................... 26

6.2.7.

RDDCOLMOD (0Ch): Read Display Pixel Format ............................................................................................................... 27

6.2.8.

RDDIM (0Dh): Read Display Image Mode ........................................................................................................................... 28

6.2.9.

RDDSM (0Eh): Read Display Signal Mode .......................................................................................................................... 29

6.2.10. RDDSDR (0Fh): Read Display Self-Diagnostic Result ........................................................................................................ 30
6.2.11. SLPIN (10h): Sleep In .......................................................................................................................................................... 31
6.2.12. SLPOUT (11h): Sleep Out.................................................................................................................................................... 33
6.2.13. PTLON (12h): Partial Display Mode On ............................................................................................................................... 35
6.2.14. NORON (13h): Normal Display Mode On ............................................................................................................................ 36
6.2.15. INVOFF (20h): Display Inversion Off.................................................................................................................................... 37
6.2.16. INVON (21h): Display Inversion On ..................................................................................................................................... 38
6.2.17. GAMSET (26h): Gamma Set................................................................................................................................................ 39
6.2.18. DISPOFF (28h): Display Off................................................................................................................................................. 40
6.2.19. DISPON (29h): Display On................................................................................................................................................... 42
6.2.20. CASET (2Ah): Column Address Set..................................................................................................................................... 44
6.2.21. RASET (2Bh): Row Address Set .......................................................................................................................................... 46
6.2.22. RAMWR (2Ch): Memory Write ............................................................................................................................................. 48
6.2.23. RGBSET (2Dh): Colour Setting for 4K, 65K and 262K ........................................................................................................ 50
6.2.24. RAMHD (2Eh): Memory Read.............................................................................................................................................. 51
6.2.25. PTLAR (30h): Partial Area.................................................................................................................................................... 52
6.2.26. SCRLAR (33h): Scroll Area .................................................................................................................................................. 54
6.2.27. TEOFF (34h): Tearing Effect Line OFF ................................................................................................................................ 58
6.2.28. TEON (35h): Tearing Effect Line ON.................................................................................................................................... 59
6.2.29. MADCTR (36h): Memory Data Access Control .................................................................................................................... 60
6.2.30. VSCSAD (37h): Vertical Scroll Start Address of RAM .......................................................................................................... 62
6.2.31. IDMOFF (38h): Idle Mode Off............................................................................................................................................... 64
6.2.32. IDMON (39h): Idle Mode On ................................................................................................................................................ 65
6.2.33. COLMOD (3Ah): Interface Pixel Format............................................................................................................................... 67
© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

2

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.34. RDID1 (DAh): Read ID1 Value ............................................................................................................................................. 68
6.2.35. RDID2 (DBh): Read ID2 Value ............................................................................................................................................. 69
6.2.36. RDID3 (DCh): Read ID3 Value............................................................................................................................................. 70
6.3. PANEL COMMAND DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................................................................... 71
6.3.1.

RGBCTR (B0h): RGB signal control .................................................................................................................................... 71

6.3.2.

FRMCTR1 (B1h): Frame Rate Control (In normal mode/ Full colors).................................................................................. 73

6.3.3.

FRMCTR2 (B2h): Frame Rate Control (In Idle mode/ 8-colors)........................................................................................... 75

6.3.4.

FRMCTR3 (B3h): Frame Rate Control (In Partial mode/ full colors).................................................................................... 77

6.3.5.

INVCTR (B4h): Display Inversion Control ............................................................................................................................ 79

6.3.6.

RGBBPCTR (B5h): RGB Interface Blanking Porch setting.................................................................................................. 80

6.3.7.

DISSET5 (B6h): Display Function set 5 ............................................................................................................................... 81

6.3.8.

PWCTR1 (C0h): Power Control 1 ........................................................................................................................................ 83

6.3.9.

PWCTR2 (C1h): Power Control 2 ........................................................................................................................................ 85

6.3.10. PWCTR3 (C2h): Power Control 3 (in Normal mode/ Full colors) ......................................................................................... 86
6.3.11. PWCTR4 (C3h): Power Control 4 (in Idle mode/ 8-colors) .................................................................................................. 88
6.3.12. PWCTR5 (C4h): Power Control 5 (in Partial mode/ full-colors) ........................................................................................... 90
6.3.13. VMCTR1 (C5h): VCOM Control 1 ........................................................................................................................................ 92
6.3.14. VMCTR2 (C6h): VCOM Control 2 ........................................................................................................................................ 94
6.3.15. RDVMH (C8h): Read the VCOMH Value NV memory ......................................................................................................... 96
6.3.16. WRID1 (D0h): Write ID1 Value............................................................................................................................................. 97
6.3.17. WRID2 (D1h): Write ID2 Value............................................................................................................................................. 98
6.3.18. WRID3 (D2h): Write ID3 Value............................................................................................................................................. 99
6.3.19. RDID4 (D3h): Read the ID4 value...................................................................................................................................... 100
6.3.20. NVFCTR1 (D9h): NV Memory Function Controller 1 ......................................................................................................... 101
6.3.21. NVFCTR2 (DEh): NV Memory Function Controller 2 ......................................................................................................... 103
6.3.22. NVFCTR3 (DFh): NV Memory Function Controller 3 ......................................................................................................... 104
6.3.23. GMCTRP1 (E0h): Gamma Correction Characteristics Setting .......................................................................................... 105
6.3.24. GMCTRP1 (E1h): Gamma Correction Characteristics Setting .......................................................................................... 107
7. FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS................................................................................................................................................................... 109
7.1. MCU & RGB INTERFACE ................................................................................................................................................................... 109
7.2. MPU INTERFACE ............................................................................................................................................................................... 109
7.2.1.

Interface Type Selection......................................................................................................................................................110

7.2.2.

8080-Series Parallel interface(P68=’0’)...............................................................................................................................110

7.2.3.

6800-Series Parallel Interface (P68=’1’) .............................................................................................................................113

7.2.4.

Serial Peripheral interface ...................................................................................................................................................116

7.2.5.

Data Transfer Break and Recovery .................................................................................................................................... 120

7.2.6.

Data Transfer Pause .......................................................................................................................................................... 122

7.2.7.

Data Transfer Modes.......................................................................................................................................................... 123

7.3. MCU DATA COLOUR CODING ............................................................................................................................................................. 124
7.3.1.

MCU Data Colour Coding for RAM data Write ................................................................................................................... 124

7.3.2.

MCU Data Colour Coding for RAM data Read................................................................................................................... 135

7.3.3.

Serial Interface (IM2 = ‘0’) .................................................................................................................................................. 140

7.4. RGB INTERFACE ................................................................................................................................................................................ 142
7.4.1.

General Description............................................................................................................................................................ 142

7.4.2.

General Timing Diagram .................................................................................................................................................... 143

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

3

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.4.3.

Updating Order on Display Active Area (Normal Display Mode On + Sleep Out) .............................................................. 144

7.4.4.

RGB Interface Bus Width set ............................................................................................................................................. 146

7.4.5.

RGB Interface Mode Set .................................................................................................................................................... 146

7.4.6.

RGB Interface Timing Diagram .......................................................................................................................................... 147

7.4.7.

RGB Data Color Coding ..................................................................................................................................................... 158

7.5. DISPLAY DATA RAM .......................................................................................................................................................................... 161
7.5.1.

Configuration ...................................................................................................................................................................... 161

7.5.2.

Memory to Display Address Mapping................................................................................................................................. 162

7.5.3.

Normal Display On or Partial Mode On, Vertical Scroll Off ................................................................................................ 166

7.5.4.

Vertical Scroll Mode............................................................................................................................................................ 170

7.5.5.

Vertical Scroll Example....................................................................................................................................................... 175

7.6. ADDRESS COUNTER........................................................................................................................................................................... 178
7.7. MEMORY DATA WRITE/ READ DIRECTION ........................................................................................................................................... 179
7.8. TEARING EFFECT OUTPUT LINE .......................................................................................................................................................... 183
7.8.1.

Tearing Effect Line Modes.................................................................................................................................................. 183

7.8.2.

Tearing Effect Line Timings ................................................................................................................................................ 184

7.8.3.

Example 1: MPU Write is faster than panel read. .............................................................................................................. 185

7.8.4.

Example 2: MPU write is slower than panel read............................................................................................................... 186

7.9. PRESET VALUES ................................................................................................................................................................................ 187
7.10. POWER ON/OFF SEQUENCE ............................................................................................................................................................. 187
7.10.1. Case 1 – RESX Line is held High or Unstable by Host at Power On ................................................................................. 187
7.10.2. Case 2 – RESX Line is Held Low by Host at Power On .................................................................................................... 188
7.10.3. Uncontrolled Power Off ...................................................................................................................................................... 188
7.11. POWER LEVEL DEFINITION ................................................................................................................................................................. 189
7.11.1. Power Level........................................................................................................................................................................ 189
7.11.2. Power Flow Chart............................................................................................................................................................... 190
7.12. GAMMA CURVES ................................................................................................................................................................................ 191
7.13. RESET ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 192
7.13.1. Reset Value ........................................................................................................................................................................ 192
7.13.2. Module Input/Output Pins................................................................................................................................................... 196
7.13.3. Reset Timing ...................................................................................................................................................................... 197
7.14. COLOUR DEPTH CONVERSION LOOK UP TABLES................................................................................................................................. 198
7.14.1. 4096 and 65536 Colour to 262,144 Colour ........................................................................................................................ 198
7.15. SLEEP OUT-COMMAND AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS OF THE DISPLAY MODULE ......................................................................... 202
7.15.1. Register Loading Detection ................................................................................................................................................ 202
7.15.2. Functionality Detection ....................................................................................................................................................... 203
7.15.3. Chip Attachment Detection................................................................................................................................................. 204
7.15.4. Display Glass Break Detection........................................................................................................................................... 205
7.16. OSCILLATOR ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 206
7.17. SYSTEM COLCK GENERATOR ............................................................................................................................................................. 206
7.18. INSTRUCTION DECODER AND REGISTER ............................................................................................................................................. 206
7.19. SOURCE DRIVER................................................................................................................................................................................ 206
7.20. GATE DRIVER .................................................................................................................................................................................... 206
7.20.1. Gate Driver ......................................................................................................................................................................... 206
7.21. Γ-CORRECTION FUNCTION .......................................................................................................................................................... 206
© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

4

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
8. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................................................................................................... 207
8.1. DC CHARACTERISTICAC CHARACTERISTIC ......................................................................................................................................... 207
8.2. AC TIMING CHARACTERISTICS ............................................................................................................................................................ 208
8.2.1.

Parallel Interface Characteristics 18, 16 ,9 or 8-bits bus (8080-series MCU) .................................................................... 208

8.3. PARALLEL INTERFACE CHARACTERISTICS 18, 16 ,9 OR 8-BITS BUS (6800-SERIES MCU) ...................................................................... 210
8.4. SERIAL INTERFACE CHARACTERISTICS (3-PIN SERIAL) .........................................................................................................................211
9. CHIP INFORMATION .............................................................................................................................................................................. 212
9.1. PAD ASSIGNMENT ............................................................................................................................................................................. 212
9.2. PAD DIMENSION ................................................................................................................................................................................ 212
9.3. BUMP DIMENSION .............................................................................................................................................................................. 213
9.3.1.

Output Pads ....................................................................................................................................................................... 213

9.3.2.

Input Pads .......................................................................................................................................................................... 213

9.4. BUMP CHARACTERISTICS ................................................................................................................................................................... 213
9.5. PAD LOCATIONS ............................................................................................................................................................................... 214
9.6. ALIGNMENT MARK.............................................................................................................................................................................. 221
9.7. WIRING RESISTANCE ......................................................................................................................................................................... 222
10. DISCLAIMER........................................................................................................................................................................................... 223
11. REVISION HISTORY ............................................................................................................................................................................... 224

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

5

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
396-CHANNEL DRIVER WITH SYSTEM-ON-CHIP (SOC)
FOR COLOR AMORPHOUS TFT LCD
1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

2. FEATURES

The SPFD54124B, a 262144-color System-on-Chip (SoC) driver

One-chip solution for amorphous TFT-LCD.

LSI designed for small and medium sizes of TFT LCD display, is

Supports resolution up to 132xRGBx162, incorporating a

capable of supporting up to 132xRGBx162 in resolution which can

396-channel source driver and a 162-channel gate driver

be achieved by the designated RAM for graphic data.

Outputs 64 γ -corrected values using an internal true 6-bit

The

resolution D/A converter to achieve 262K colors

396-channel source driver has true 6-bit resolution, which
generates 64 Gamma-corrected values by an internal D/A

Built-in 48114 bytes internal RAM

converter.

Line Inversion AC drive / frame inversion AC drive

The SPFD54124B is able to operate with low IO interface power

− High-speed interfaces to 8-, 9-, 16-, and 18-bit parallel ports

supply up to 1.6V and incorporate with several charge pumps to

− 3-pin 9 bits or 4-pin 8 bits Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)

generate various voltage levels that form an on-chip power

Interfaces for moving picture display

management system for gate driver and source driver.

− 6-, 16-, and 18-bit RGB interfaces

System interfaces

Diverse RAM accessing for functional display
− Window address function to display at any area on the

The built-in timing controller in SPFD54124B can support several
interfaces for the diverse request of medium or small size portable

screen via a moving picture display interface
− Window address function to limit the data rewriting area

display. SPFD54124B provides system interfaces, which include
8-/9-/16-/18-bit parallel interfaces and serial interface (SPI), to

and reduce data transfer

configure system. Not only can the system interfaces be used to

− Moving and still picture can display at the same time

configure system, they can also access RAM at high speed for still

− Vertical scrolling function

picture display. In addition, the SPFD54124B incorporates 6, 16,

− Partial screen display

and 18-bit RGB interfaces for picture movement display. The

Power supply

SPFD54124B also supports a function to display eight colors and

− Logic power supply voltage (VDD): 2.6 ~ 3.6 V

a standby mode for power control consideration.

− I/O interface supply voltage (VDDIO): 1.6 ~ 3.6 V
− Analog power supply voltage (VDD): 2.6 ~ 3.6V
On-chip power management system
− Power saving mode (standby / 8-color mode, etc)
− Low power consumption structure for source driver.
Built-in Charge Pump circuits
− Source driver voltage level : 2 times (x2) of Vci1
− Gate driver voltage level (VGH, VGL) up to 6 times (x6) and
minus 5 times (x-5) Vci1
Built-in internal oscillator and hardware reset
Built–in One-Time-Programming (OTP) function for VCOM
amplitude and VcomH voltage adjustment.

3. ORDERING INFORMATION
Product Number

Package Type

SPFD54124B-C

Chip Form With Gold Bump

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

6

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
4. BLOCK DIAGRAM
4.1. Block Function
S1

SPI4
P68
DCX/SCL
SDA
IM[2:0]
CSX
RDX
WRX

OTP
Memory

S2

S395

S396

Source Driver (396 channels)

System
Interface

True 6-bit D/A Converter
6

6

6

6

Level Shifter (396 x 6bits)
LUT
D[17:0]
DE
PCLK
VS
HS

18

RGB
Interface

Graphics
RAM
48114
bytes

6
18

6

6

6

Data Latch (132 x 3 x 6bits x2)

Shift Register (132 bits)
64
FB
TESEL
TE
RESX
EXTC
IDM
GM[1:0]
LCM[1:0]
RCM[1:0]
SRGB
SMX
SMY
SHUT
REV
RL
TB

VREF

VDD

Timing
Signal
Generator

Regulator

VDDI

Clock
CLK
Generator

VGL

VCOM
VCOML

AVDD

Gate
Power
Charge
Pump

GVDD
VCOMH

VCI1

VCOM
VCI1
C11P/N
C12P/N

C21P/N
C22P/N
C23P/N

OSC

AVDD

Gamma
Voltage
Generator

Gate
Driver

G[162:1]

VGH

VCL

DC-DC
Controller

DRV

Note1 : Pwr = VDD, VDDI; Gnd = AGND,DGND;
Pwr/Gnd Output = VDDIO,DGNDO,VCC
Note2 : Glass Broken - PADA0,PADB0; Chip Attachment - PADA[4:1],PADB[4:1];

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

7

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
4.1.1. System Interface
The SPFD54124B supports three high-speed system interfaces:

4.1.5. Grayscale Voltage Generating Circuit

1. 80-system high-speed interfaces with 8-, 9-, 16-, 18-bit parallel

SPFD54124B has true 6-bit resolution D/A converter, which

ports.

generates 64 Gamma-corrected values and cooperates with

2. 68-system high-speed interfaces with 8-, 9-, 16-, 18-bit parallel

OP-AMP structure to enhance display quality. The grayscale

ports.

voltage can be adjusted by grayscale data set in the γ-correction

3. 3-pin 9-bits or 4-pin 8 bits Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI).

register.

The SPFD54124B has a 16-bit index register (IR) and two 18-bit

4.1.6. Timing Controller

data registers, a write-data register (WDR) and a read-data
register (RDR).

SPFD54124B has a timing controller which can generate a timing

The IR register is used to store index information

signal for internal circuit operation such as gate output timing,

from control registers. The WDR register is used to temporarily

RAM accessing timing, etc.

store data to be written for register control and internal GRAM.
The RDR register is used to temporarily store data read from the

4.1.7. Oscillator (OSC)

GRAM. When graphic data is written to the internal GRAM from

The SPFD54124B also features an internal oscillator to generate

MCU/graphic engine, the data is first written to the WDR and then

RC oscillation with an internal resistor. In standby mode, RC

automatically written to the internal GRAM in internal operation.

oscillation is halted to reduce power consumption.

When graphic data read operation is executed, graphic data is
read via the RDR from the internal GRAM. Therefore, invalid data

4.1.8. Source Driver Circuit

is first read out to the data bus when the SPFD54124B executes
st

the 1 read operation.

SPFD54124B consists of a 396-output source driver circuit (S1 ~

Thus, valid data can be read out after the

th

S396).

SPFD54124B executes the 2 read operation.

Data in the GRAM are latched when the 396 bit data is

input.

nd

The latched data controls the source driver and generates

a drive waveform.

4.1.2. External Display Interface
The SPFD54124B supports external RGB interface for picture

4.1.9. Gate Driver Circuit

movement display.
The SPFD54124B allows switching between one of the external

SPFD54124B consists of a 162-output gate driver circuit

display interfaces and the system interface via pin configuration so

(G1~G162). The gate driver circuit outputs gate driver signals at

that the optimum interface is selected for still / moving picture

either VGH or VGL level.

displayed on the screen.

4.1.10. LCD Driving Power Supply Circuit
When the RGB interface is chosen, display operations are

The LCD driving power supply circuit generates the voltage levels

synchronized with external supplied signals, VSYNC, HSYNC, and

AVDD, VGH, VGL and VCOM for driving an LCD. All this voltages

DOTCLK. Moreover, valid display data (DB17-0) is written to

can be adjusted by register setting.

GRAM, which synchronized with signal (DE) enabling.

4.1.3. Address Counter (AC)
SPFD54124B features an Address Counter (AC) giving an
address to the internal GRAM. The address in the AC is
automatically updated plus or minus 1. The window address
function enables writing data only in the rectangular area arbitrarily
set by users on the GRAM.

4.1.4. Graphics RAM (GRAM)
SPFD54124B features a 48114-byte (132 x 162x 18 / 8) Graphic
RAM (GRAM).

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

8

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
5. SIGNAL DESCRIPTIONS
Signal

Pin No.

I/O

Connected with

Function

GND/ VDDIO

Select system interface mode.

System Configuration Input Signal
P68,

5

I

IM2~0,

SPI4

P68

IM2

IM1

IM0

0

SPI4

0

0

-

-

3-Pin Serial interface

-

0

1

0

0

8080 MCU 8-bits Parallel interface

-

0

1

0

1

8080 MCU 16-bits Parallel interface

-

0

1

1

0

8080 MCU 9-bits Parallel interface

-

0

1

1

1

8080 MCU 18-bits Parallel interface

-

1

0

-

-

3-Pin Serial interface

-

1

1

0

0

6800 MCU 8-bits Parallel interface

-

1

1

0

1

6800 MCU 16-bits Parallel interface

-

1

I

MPU or

1

1

0

6800 MCU 9-bits Parallel interface

1

1

1

1

6800 MCU 18-bits Parallel interface

1

RESX

1

-

-

0

-

-

4-Pin Serial interface

Reset pin. This is an active low signal.

external
RC circuit
EXTC

1

1

GND/ VDDIO

Extend command set access
Low: Extend command set is not accessible.
High: Extend command set is accessible.
If this is not used. Open it (This pin is internally pull low).

GAMSEL

1

1

GND/ VDDIO

Gamma Setting selection:
(a) Low: GC0=1.0, GC1=2.5, GC2=2.2, GC3=1.8.
(b) High: GC0=2.2, GC1=1.8, GC2=2.5, GC3=1.0.

GM1~0

2

1

GND/ VDDIO

Resolution selection:
GM1

1

120*RGB*160

0

128*RGB*128

1

GND/ VDDIO

128*RGB*160

1

1

0

0

2

Resolution

0

RCM1~0

GM0

1

132*RGB*162

Interface selection:
RCM1

1

MCU Interface

0

RGB Interface

1

MCU

MCU Interface

1

1

0

0

1

Interface

0

IDM

RCM0

1

RGB Interface

In RGB interface mode:
(a) Low: Normal Display.
(b) High: Idle Mode (8-color mode).
This pin can be only used when RGB mode is selected.

LCM[1:0]

1

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

1

GND/ VDDIO

Liquid Crystal Type selection:
9

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Signal

Pin No.

I/O

Connected with

Function
LCM1

1

TM

0

LV

1

GND/ VDDIO

TR

1

1

0

0

1

LC Type

0

SRGB

LCM0

1

MVA

RGB arrangement selection:
(a) Low: S1, S2, S3 fit ‘R’, ‘G’, ‘B’.
(b) High: S1, S2, S3 fit ‘B’, ‘G’, ‘R’

SHUT

1

1

GND/ VDDIO

Display on/off selection when RGB mode is selected.
(a) Low: Display On.
(b) High: Display Off.
This pin can be only used when RGB mode is selected.

REV

1

1

GND/ VDDIO

Data reverse for source driver selection when RGB mode is selected.
(a) Low: Reverse Off.
(b) High: Reserve On.
This pin can be only used when RGB mode is selected.

SMX

1

1

GND/ VDDIO

Source driver output direction selection:
SMX

1

GND/ VDDIO

GM=”11”

S7 = & gt; S390

S7= & gt; S366

S1= & gt; S396

1

1

GM=”01”

0

SMY

GM=”00” or “10”

S390= & gt; S7

S366= & gt; S7

S396= & gt; S1

Gate driver output direction selection:
SMY
0
1

RL

1

1

GND/ VDDIO

GM=”00” or “01”

GM=”10”

GM=”11”

G2 = & gt; G161

G2= & gt; G129

G1= & gt; G162

G161= & gt; G2

G129= & gt; G2

G162= & gt; G1

Source driver output direction selection:
RL

SMX

GM=”00” or “10”

GM=”01”

GM=”11”

0

0

S7 = & gt; S390

S7= & gt; S366

S1= & gt; S396

0

1

S390= & gt; S7

S366= & gt; S7

S396= & gt; S1

1

0

S390= & gt; S7

S366= & gt; S7

S396= & gt; S1

1

1

S7 = & gt; S390

S7= & gt; S366

S1= & gt; S396

This pin can be only used when RGB mode is selected.
TB

1

1

GND/ VDDIO

Gate driver output direction selection:
TB

SMY

GM=”00” or “01”

GM=”10”

GM=”11”

0

0

G2 = & gt; G161

G2= & gt; G129

G1= & gt; G162

0

1

G161= & gt; G2

G129= & gt; G2

G162= & gt; G1

1

0

G161= & gt; G2

G129= & gt; G2

G162= & gt; G1

1

1

G2 = & gt; G161

G2= & gt; G129

G1= & gt; G162

This pin can be only used when RGB mode is selected.
TESEL

1

I

GND/ VDDIO

The period of TE is equal 162 line

0

Proprietary & Confidential

TE period select

0

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.

TESEL

The period of TE is equal 160 line

10

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Signal

Pin No.

I/O

Connected with

Function

I

MPU

Chip select signal.

Interface input Signals
CSX

1

Low: the SPFD54124B is accessible
High: the SPFD54124B is not accessible
This pin has can be permanently fixed “Low” in MCU interface mode only.
D/CX

1

I

MPU

(SCL)

Display data / Command selection pin in parallel interface
Low: Command data
High: Display data
In SPI I/F, this is used as SCL pin.
Must connect to the GND or VDDIO level when not used.

WRX

1

I

MPU

(R/WX)

(A) In 80-system interface mode, a write strobe signal can be input via this pin
and initializes a write operation when the signal is low.
(B) In 68-system interface mode, a write or read control signal can be input via
this pin and initializes a write or read operation.
Must connect to the GND or VDDIO level when not used.

RDX

1

I

MPU

(E)

In 80-system interface mode, a read strobe signal can be input via this pin and
initializes a read operation when the signal is low.
In 68system interface mode, a strobe signal can be input via this pin and
initializes a write or read operation when the signal is low.

SDA

1

I/O

MPU

Must connect to the GND or VDDIO level when not in use.
(A) When RCM = ‘1’ (RGB I/F),
Serial input/ output signal in serial I/F mode.
The data is input on the rising edge of the SCL signal.
The data is output on the falling edge of the SCL signal.
(B) When RCM = ‘0’ (MCU I/F),

This pin is not used, and fix at VDDIO or DGND level.
If not used, please fix this pin at VDDIO or DGND level.
DB0-DB17

1

I/O

MPU

(A) When RCM = ‘1’ (RGB I/F),
D[17:0] are used for RGB interface data bus
(B) When RCM = ‘0’ (MCU I/F),
D[17:0] are used to MCU parallel interface data bus
(C) In SPI I/F, D0 is used as Serial input/ output signal.
In SPI I/F, D[17:1] not used, please fix this pin at VDDIO or DGND level.

VS

1

I

MPU

In external interface mode, served as a vertical synchronize signal input
Must connect to the VDDIO or DGND level when not in use.

HS

1

I

MPU

In external interface mode, served as a horizontal synchronized signal input
Must connect to the VDDIO or DGND level when not in use.

DE

1

I

MPU

In external interface mode, polarity of DE signal is synchronized with valid
graphic data input.
High: Valid data on DB17-DB0
Low: Invalid data on DB17-DB0
Must connect to the VDDIO or DGND level when not in use.

PCLK

1

I

MPU

In external interface mode, served as a dot clock signal.
Must connect to the VDDIO or DGND level when not in use.

OSC

1

O

MPU

Oscillator frequency output pin for oscillator testing and turn ON/OFF by S/W
command.

Charge Pump and Power Supply Signal
© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

11

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Signal
C11P/N,

Pin No.

I/O

10

-

Function

Step-up

Connect boost capacitors for the internal DC/DC converter circuit to these

capacitor

C12P/N

Connected with

pins.

C21P/N,

Leave the pins open when DC/DC converter circuits are not used.

C22P/N
C23P/N
VCI1

1

O

Stabilizing

An internal reference voltage level, which is regulated from VDD. The

capacitor

amplitude of VCI1 is from VDD-GND. Place a stabilizing capacitor between
GND.

AVDD

1

O

VGH

1

O

An output voltage from the step-up circuit 2x, 4x ~ 6x of the VCI1 level.
Connect with a stabilizing capacitor.

1

O

An output voltage from the step-up circuit –2x, -3x ~ -5x of the VCI1 level.
Connect with a stabilizing capacitor.

O

Stabilizing

An output voltage from the step-up circuit 2, –1x of the VCI1 level.

capacitor
VDD_18V

1

Stabilizing
capacitor

VCL

O

capacitor between GND. AVDD = 4.5 ~ 5.5V

Stabilizing
capacitor

1

Output 2x VCI1 voltage level from the step-up circuit 1. Place a stabilizing

capacitor

VGL

Stabilizing

Connect with a stabilizing capacitor.

1

O

GVDD

1

I/O

FB

1

I

Reference voltage for Internal logic block
Connect with a stabilizing capacitor

Stabilizing

Reference voltage for power block

capacitor

VREF

Stabilizing
capacitor

Connect with a stabilizing capacitor.

Stabilizing

Output source driver grayscale reference voltage level.

capacitor
Backlight voltage

The feedback voltage from DC-DC

enerator
DRV

1

O

DC-DC

voltage

generator
Source/Gate Driver and VCOM Signals
G1~G162

162

O

LCD

Output gate driver signals, which has the swing from VGH to VGL

S1~S396

396

O

LCD

Output source driver signals. The D/A converted 64-gray-scale analog voltage

VCOM

1

O

TFT panel

Output a square wave signal with the swing from VcomH - VcomL to the

common

common electrode of TFT panel. The alternating cycle can be set to frame

electrode

inversion or 1-line inversion.

Stabilizing

Output the high level of VCOM voltage. Connect with a capacitor to stabilize.

is output.

VcomH

1

O

VcomL

1

O

capacitor
Stabilizing

Output the low level of VCOM voltage. Connect with a capacitor to stabilize.

capacitor
or open
VDDIO

1

I

Stabilizing

VDDIO input voltage for control pins using

capacitor
VDD

1

I

Stabilizing

Power supply Input

capacitor
VSS

Digital ground pin.

VSSA

Analog ground pin.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

12

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Signal

Pin No.

I/O

Connected with

Function

TE

1

O

MPU

Tearing effect output pin to synchronies MCU to frame writing, activated by
S/W command.
When this pin is not activated (TE function OFF), this pin is DGND level.

PADA0

1

I

This pin is used for glass break detection

PADB0

1

O

This pin is used for glass break detection

PADA1/PADB1

8

Misc. Signal

This pin is used for chip attachment detection

PADA2/PADB2
PADA3/PADB3
PADA4/PADB4
TEST

1

T

Test pin. If not used, please open this pin.

D

Dummy pin. If not used, please open this pin.

TRIM0-9
Dummy

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Test pin. If not used, please open this pin.

13

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6. INSTRUCTIONS
6.1. Outline
The SPFD54124B supports 18-bit data bus interface to configure system via accessing command register. When the command register
is executed, sending the command information to specify which index register would be accessed and following the data to that control
register. Moreover, register accessing operation should cooperate with DC/X, WRX, RDX signal for SPFD54124B to recognize the
control instruction. And command instruction can be accomplished using all system interfaces (18-bit, 16-bit, 9-bit, 8-bit 80- or
68-system and SPI)..

6.1.1.

System Function Command List and Description

Table 6.1.1 list all the system function command. After the H/W reset by RESX pin or S/W reset by SWRESET command, each internal
register becomes default state (Refer “RESET TABLE” section). Commands 10h, 12h, 13h, 20h, 21h, 26h, 28h, 29h, 30h, 33h, 36h (ML
parameter only), 37h, 38h and 39h are updated during V-sync when Module is in Sleep Out Mode to avoid abnormal visual effects.
During Sleep In mode, these commands are updated immediately. Read status (09h), Read Display Power Mode (0Ah), Read Display
MADCTR (0Bh), Read Display Pixel Format (0Ch), Read Display Image Mode (0Dh), Read Display Signal Mode (0Eh) and Read
Display Self Diagnostic Result (0Fh) of these commands are updated immediately both in Sleep In mode and Sleep Out mode.

Table 6.1.1 System Function command List (1)
Instruction D/CX WRX RDX D17-8

RDDID

RDDST

RDDPM

RDD
MADCTR
RDD
COLMOD

RDDIM

RDDSM

RDDSDR

0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1




1
1
1
1

1

NOP
SWRESET

1

0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1


1
1


1
1
1
1
1

1


1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1
1

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

0
0
0
-

0
0
0
-

0
0
0
-

0
0
0
-

0
0
0
-

0
0
1
-

0
0
0
-

0
1
0
-

D1

D0

1
-

(Hex)

Function

1
-



-

(00h) No Operation
(01h) Software reset
(04h) Read Display ID
Dummy read
ID17 ID16 ID15 ID14 ID13 ID12 ID11 ID10
ID1 read
ID27 ID26 ID25 ID24 ID23 ID22 ID21 ID20
ID2 read
ID37 ID36 ID35 ID34 ID33 ID32 ID31 ID30
ID3 read
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
(09h) Read Display Status
Dummy read
BSTON MY
MX
MV
ML
RGB
MH
ST24
ST23 IFPF2 IFPF1 IFPF0 IDMON PTLON SLOUT NORON
VSSON ST14 INVON ST12 ST11 DISON TEON GCS2
GCS1 GCS0 TELOM HSON VSON PCKON DEON ST0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
(0Ah) Read Display Power Mode
Dummy read



-

BSTON IDMON PTLON SLPOUT NORON DISON

1

-





1





1



1


1


1


1



0
-

0
-

0
-

0
-

1
-

0
-

-

(0Bh) Read Display MADCTR
Dummy read
MX
MY
MV
ML
RGB MH
D1
D0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
(0Ch) Read Display Pixel Format
Dummy read
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
IFPF2 IFPF1 IFPF0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
(0Dh) Read Display Image Mode
Dummy read
VSSON D6
INVON
D4
D3 GCS2 GCS1 GCS0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
(0Eh) Read Display Signal Mode
Dummy read
TEON TELOM HSON VSON PCKON DEON D1
D0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
(0Fh) Read Display Self-diagnostic result
Dummy read
RELD FUND ATTD BRD
D3
D2
D1
D0
-

“-“: Don't care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

14

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Table 6.1.1 System Function command List (2)
Instruction D/CX WRX RDX D17-8
SLPIN
SLPOUT
PTLON
NORON
INVOFF
INVON
GAMSET
DISPOFF
DISPON

CASET

RASET

RAMWR

RAMHD

RGBSET

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Hex)

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
GC6
0
0
0
XS14
XS6
XE14
XE6
0
YS14
YS6
YE14
YE6

0
0
0
0
1
1
1
GC5
1
1
1
XS13
XS5
XE13
XE5
1
YS13
YS5
YE13
YE5

1
1
1
1
0
0
0
GC4
0
0
0
XS12
XS4
XE12
XE4
0
YS12
YS4
YE12
YE4

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
GC3
1
1
1
XS11
XS3
XE11
XE3
1
YS11
YS3
YE11
YE3

0
0
0
0
0
0
1
GC2
0
0
0
XS10
XS2
XE10
XE2
0
YS10
YS2
YE10
YE2

0
0
1
1
0
0
1
GC1
0
0
1
XS9
XS1
XE9
XE1
1
YS9
YS1
YE9
YE1

0
1
0
1
0
1
0
GC0
0
1
0
XS8
XS0
XE8
XE0
1
YS8
YS0
YE8
YE0

(10h)
(11h)
(12h)
(13h)
(20h)
(21h)
(26h)

0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1






















1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

-

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
GC7
0
0
0
XS15
XS7
XE15
XE7
0
YS15
YS7
YE15
YE7

0



1

-

0

0

1

0

1

1

0

1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1



1
1

1
1

D17-8
D17-8
-

D7
0
D7
0
R007
:
Ra7
G007
:
Gb7
B007
:
Bc7

D6
0
D6
0
R006
:
Ra6
G006
:
Gb6
B006
:
Bc6

D5
1
D5
1
R005
:
Ra5
G005
:
Gb5
B005
:
Bc5

D4
0
D4
0
R004
:
Ra4
G004
:
Gb4
B004
:
Bc4

D3
1
D3
1
R003
:
Ra3
G003
:
Gb3
B003
:
Bc3

D2
1
D2
1
R002
:
Ra2
G002
:
Gb2
B002
:
Bc2

D1
1
D1
0
R001
:
Ra1
G001
:
Gb1
B001
:
Bc1














1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Function

Sleep in & booster off
Sleep out & booster on
Partial mode on
Partial off (Normal)
Display inversion off (normal)
Display inversion on
Gamma curve select
(28h) Display off
(29h) Display on
(2Ah) Column address set
X address start: 0 ≤ XS ≤ 0x83
X address end: XS ≤ XE ≤ 0x83
(2Bh) Row address set
Y address start: 0 ≤ YS ≤ 0xA1
Y address end: YS ≤ YE ≤ 0xA1
(2Ch)

Memory write

D0
Write data
0
(2Eh) Memory read
Dummy read
D0
Read data
1 (2Dh) LUT for 4k,65k , 262K color display
R000
Red tone 0
:
: Ra0
Red tone “31”
G000
Green tone 0
:
: Gb0
Green tone “63”
B000
Blue tone 0
:
: Bc0
Blue tone “31”

“-“: Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

15

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Table 6.1.1 System Function command List (3)
Instruction D/CX WRX RDX D17-8
0
1
1
1

PTLAR

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

0

0

1

1

0

0

0

0



1

-



1

-

PSL15 PSL14 PSL13 PSL12 PSL11 PSL10 PSL9 PSL8



1

-

1

-

PEL15 PEL14 PEL13 PEL12 PEL11 PEL10 PEL9 PEL8

-

PEL7 PEL6 PEL5 PEL4 PEL3 PEL2 PEL1 PEL0

1



1

0



1

-

1



1

-

TFA15 TFA14 TFA13 TFA12 TFA11 TFA10 TFA9 TFA8

1



1

-

1



1

-

VSA15 VSA14 VSA13 VSA12 VSA11 VSA10 VSA9 VSA8



1

-



1

-

BFA15 BFA14 BFA13 BFA12 BFA11 BFA10 BFA9 BFA8

1



1

-

Partial start address (0,1,2, .., 161)
Partial end address (0,1,2, .., 161)

VSA7 VSA6 VSA5 VSA4 VSA3 VSA2 VSA1 VSA0

1

(30h) Partial start/end address set

TFA7 TFA6 TFA5 TFA4 TFA3 TFA2 TFA1 TFA0

1

SCRLAR

Function

PSL7 PSL6 PSL5 PSL4 PSL3 PSL2 PSL1 PSL0



(Hex)

BFA7 BFA6 BFA5 BFA4 BFA3 BFA2 BFA1 BFA0

0

0

1

1

0

0

1

1

(33h) Scroll area set
Top fixed area (0,1,2, .., 161)
Vertical scroll area (0,1,2, .., 161)
Bottom fixed area (0,1,2, .., 161)

TEON
MADCTR

0



1

-

0

0

1

1

0

1

0

0

(34h) Tearing effect line off

0



1

-

0

0

1

1

0

1

0

1

(35h) Tearing effect mode set & on

1



1

-

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

TELOM

0



1

-

0

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

1



1

-

MY

MX

MV

ML

RGB

MH

0

0

0

TEOFF



1

-

0

0

1

1

0

1

1

1

M=”0”: Mode1, M=”1”: Mode2
(36h) Memory data access control
(37h) Scroll start address of RAM

1



1

-

SSA15 SSA14 SSA13 SSA12 SSA11 SSA10 SSA9 SSA8

1



1

-

SSA7 SSA6 SSA5 SSA4 SSA3 SSA2 SSA1 SSA0

IDMOFF

0



1

-

0

0

1

1

1

0

0

0

IDMON

0



1

-

0

0

1

1

1

0

0

1

(39h) Idle mode on

0



1

-

0

0

1

1

1

0

1

0

(3Ah) Interface pixel format

VSCSAD

COLMOD

1



1

-

0

0

0

0

0

IFPF2

IFPF1

IFPF0

0

1

-

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

0

1


1

1

1

0
1


1

1

RDID3

1

0
RDID2

1
1

RDID1


1

1



-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-


1

-

ID17

ID16

ID15

ID14

ID13

ID12

ID11

ID10

-

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

1



-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-


1

-

ID27

ID26

ID25

ID24

ID23

ID22

ID21

ID20

-

1

1

0

1

1

1

0

0



-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-



-

ID37

ID36

ID35

ID34

ID33

ID32

ID31

ID30

SSA = 0, 1, 2, …, 161
(38h) Idle mode off

Interface format
(DAh) Read ID1
Dummy read
Read parameter
(DBh) Read ID2
Dummy read
Read parameter
(DCh) Read ID3
Dummy read
Read parameter

“-“: Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

16

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.1.2.

Panel Function Command List and Description

Table 6.1.2 list all the panel function command. Panel function command is only accessible when EXTC is pulled high state (by VDDIO).

Table 6.1.2 Panel Function command List (1)
Instruction D/CX WRX RDX D17-8

D0

1

0

0

0

0

1



1

-

0

0

ICM

DW

DP

EP



1

-

1

0

1

1



1

-

-

-

1



1

-



1

-



1

-

1

0



1

-

1



1

-



1

-

0



1

-

1



1

-

1



1

-

1



1

-

0
1
0





1
1
1

-

1
0
1

0
0
0

1



1

-

-

-

0
1




1
1

-

1
0

0
0

1

DISSET5

D1

1

1

RGB
PRCTR

D2

0

1

INVCTR

D3

1

0

FRMCTR3

D4

-

1

FRMCTR2

D5

1

1
FRMCTR1

D6



0

RGBCTR

D7

0



1

-

0

0

1

0

0

Function
(B0h) Set RGB signal control

ICM: RGB data ascess select
DW: RGB interface bus width set
DP,HSP,VSP:PCLK,HS,VS polarity set

HSP VSP

0
0
0
1
FP0 FP0 FP0 FP0
[3]
[2]
[1]
[0]
BP0 BP0 BP0 BP0
[3]
[2]
[1]
[0]
RTN0 RTN0 RTN0 RTN0
[3]
[2]
[1]
[0]
1
1
0
0
1
0
FP1 FP1 FP1 FP1
[3]
[2]
[1]
[0]
BP1 BP1 BP1 BP1
[3]
[2]
[1]
[0]
RTN1 RTN1 RTN1 RTN1
[3]
[2]
[1]
[0]
1
1
0
0
1
1
FP2 FP2 FP2 FP2
[3]
[2]
[1]
[0]
BP2 BP2 BP2 BP2
[3]
[2]
[1]
[0]
RTN2 RTN2 RTN2 RTN2
[3]
[2]
[1]
[0]
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
NLA NLB NLC
1
1
0
1
0
1
VBP VBP VBP VBP
[3]
[2]
[1]
[0]
1
1
0
1
1
1
NO1 NO0 SDT1 STD0 EQ1 EQ0
0

(Hex)

PTG1 PTG0 PT1

PT0

(B1h)
In normal mode (Full colors)
FP0: Front porch in normal mode
BP0: Back porch in normal mode
RTN0: Number of clock / one line

(B2h)
In Idle mode (8-colors)
FP1: Front porch in idle mode
BP1: Back porch in idle mode
RTN1: Number of clock / one line

(B3h)
In partial mode + Full colors
FP2: Front porch in partial mode
BP2: Back porch in partial mode
RTN2: Number of clock / one line

(B4h) Display inversion control
NLA, NLB, NLC: set inversion

(B5h)

RGB I/F Blanking porch setting
Vertical back porch in RGB mode

(B6h) Display function setting

NO: the amount of non-overlap
SDT: set amount of source delay
PT: No display area source/ VCOM/
Gate output control
EQ: set EQ period

“-“: Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

17

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Table 6.1.2 Panel Function Command List (2)
Instruction D/CX WRX RDX D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0



1

-

1

0

1

1

0

0

0

0



1

-

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

1

1

0

0

0

1

0
1
PWCTR2

1



1

0

PWCTR1



1

-

Function
(C0h) Power control setting

VRH: Set the GVDD voltage
VC : Set the VCI1 voltage
Power control setting

VRH4 VRH3 VRH2 VRH1 VRH0
VC2 VC1 VC0

1



1

-

0

0

0

0

0

BT2

BT1



1

-

1

0

1

1

0

0

1

0

1



1

-

0

0

0

0

0

(C1h) BT: set AVDD/VCL/ VGH/ VGL voltage

BT0

0
PWCTR3

(Hex)

APA2 APA1 APA0
DCA2 DCA1 DCA0

(C2h) n normal mode (Full colors)

APA: adjust the operational amplifier
DCA: adjust the booster circuit for Idle
mode

1

0

0

0

0

1

1

0

1



1

-

0

0

0

0

0



1

-



1

-

1



1

-



1

-



1

-

1



1

-

0



1

-

1

0

1

1

0

1



1

-

0

0

1
RVMOF
CTR

0

1

0

VMCTR2

0

-

1
VMCTR1

-

1

0
PWCTR5

1



1

PWCTR4



0


1

1

-

nVM VMF6 VMF5 VMF4 VMF3 VMF2 VMF1 VMF0

0



-

1

1



-

0
1
1
1
0
0
0
(C8h) VCOM control 4
RVMF RVMF RVMF RVMF RVMF RVMF RVMF
Read the VMOF value form NV memory
nVM
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

0

1

1

(C3h) In Idle mode (8-colors)

APB: adjust the operational amplifier
DCB: adjust the booster circuit for Idle
mode
0
0
0
0
0 DCB2 DCB1 DCB0
I
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
(C4h) In partial mode + Full colors
APC: adjust the operational amplifier
0
0
0
0
0 APC2 APC1 APC0
DCC: adjust the booster circuit for Idle
mode
0
0
0
0
0 DCC2 DCC1 DCC0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
(C5h) VCOM control 1
nVM: VCOM input select
VMH: VCOMH voltage control
nVM VMH6 VMH 5 VMH4 VMH3 VMH2 VMH1 VMH0

APB2 APB1 APB0

1

1

0

(C6h)

VMA5 VMA4 VMA3 VMA2 VMA1 VMA0

VCOM control 2
VMA: VCOMAC voltage control

1

“-“: Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

Table 6.1.2 Panel Function Command List (3)
Instruction D/CX WRX RDX D17-8

WRID2

WRID3

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0



1

-

1

1

0

1

0

0

0

1

1



1

-

1

0



1

-

1

1



1

-

1

0

WRID1

D7

0



1

-

1

ID16 ID15 ID14 ID13 ID12 ID11 ID10
1

0

1

0

0

0

1

ID26 ID25 ID24 ID23 ID22 ID21 ID20
1

0

1

0

0

1

0

1

-


1

1

-

1

1

0

1

0

0

1

1



-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

1



-

ID417 ID416 ID415 ID414 ID413 ID412 ID411 ID410

1

1



-

ID427 ID426 ID425 ID424 ID423 ID422 ID421 ID420

1

1



-

ID437 ID436 ID435 ID434 ID43 ID432 ID431 ID430

1
NVCTR1



1
RDID4

1
0

1

-



-

NVCTR3

ID37 ID36 ID35 ID34 ID33 ID32 ID31 ID30

1

1

0

1

1

0

0

1

1

1

0

1

1

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

1

1

1

1

0

NVCTR2

Function

(D0h) Panel ID code

Write ID1 value to NV memory
Set the LCM ID code at ID1
(D1h) Panel version code
Write ID2 value to NV memory
Set the LCM version code at ID2
(D2h) Driver maker Project code
Write ID3 value to NV memory
Set the project code at ID3

ID447 ID446 ID445 ID444 ID443 ID442 ID441 ID440

0


1

(Hex)



1

-

1



1

-

0



1

-

1



1

-

(D3h)
IC Vender Coder
Dummy read
ID41:IC Vender Coder
ID42: IC Part Number Coder
ID43 & ID44: Chip version coder

(D9h) NV memory function controller 1

Please refer to ‘OTP programming
procedure’ for details.
(DEh) NV memory function controller 2
Please refer to ‘OTP programming
procedure’ for details.
(DFh) NV memory function controller 3
Please refer to ‘OTP programming
procedure’ for details.

“-“: Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

18

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Table 6.1.2 Panel Function Command List (4)
Instruction D/CX WRX RDX D17-8 D7 D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

1

0

0

0

0

0

(Hex) Function

0

1

1



1

-

-

-

1



1

-

-

-

1



1

-

-

-

PVR1V2[5] PVR1V2[4] PVR1V2[3] PVR1V2[2] PVR1V2[1] PVR1V2[0]

1



1

-

-

-

PVR1V61[5] PVR1V61[4] PVR1V61[3] PVR1V61[2] PVR1V61[1] PVR1V61[0]

1



1

-

-

-

PVR1V62[5] PVR1V62[4] PVR1V62[3] PVR1V62[2] PVR1V62[1] PVR1V62[0]

1



1

-

-

-

-

PVR1V63[4] PVR1V63[3] PVR1V63[2] PVR1V63[1] PVR1V63[0]

1



1

-

-

-

-

PVR2V13[4] PVR2V13[3] PVR2V13[2] PVR2V13[1] PVR2V13[0]

1



1

-

-

-

-

PVR2V50[4] PVR2V50[3] PVR2V50[2] PVR2V50[1] PVR2V50[0] (E0h) adjustment

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

PVR3V8[3] PVR3V8[2] PVR3V8[1] PVR3V8[0]

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

PVR3V20[3] PVR3V20[2] PVR3V20[1] PVR3V20[0]

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

PVR3V27[3] PVR3V27[2] PVR3V27[1] PVR3V27[0]

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

PVR3V36[3] PVR3V36[2] PVR3V36[1] PVR3V36[0]

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

PVR3V43[3] PVR3V43[2] PVR3V43[1] PVR3V43[0]

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

PVR3V55[3] PVR3V55[2] PVR3V55[1] PVR3V55[0]

1

GAMCTRP1





1

-

-

-

-

-

PVR3V59[3] PVR3V59[2] PVR3V59[1] PVR3V59[0]

-

1

1

-

PVR1V0[4] PVR1V0[3] PVR1V0[2] PVR1V0[1] PVR1V0[0]

PVR1V1[5] PVR1V1[4] PVR1V1[3] PVR1V1[2] PVR1V1[1] PVR1V1[0]

Gamma

PVR3V4[3] PVR3V4[2] PVR3V4[1] PVR3V4[0]

“-“: Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

Table 6.1.2 Panel Function Command List (5)
Instruction D/CX WRX RDX D17-8 D7 D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

1

0

0

0

0

1

(Hex) Function

0

1

1



1

-

-

-

1



1

-

-

-

1



1

-

-

-

NVR1V2[5] NVR1V2[4] NVR1V2[3] NVR1V2[2] NVR1V2[1] NVR1V2[0]

1



1

-

-

-

NVR1V61[5] NVR1V61[4] NVR1V61[3] NVR1V61[2] NVR1V61[1] NVR1V61[0]

1



1

-

-

-

NVR1V62[5] NVR1V62[4] NVR1V62[3] NVR1V62[2] NVR1V62[1] NVR1V62[0]

1



1

-

-

-

-

NVR1V63[4] NVR1V63[3] NVR1V63[2] NVR1V63[1] NVR1V63[0]

1



1

-

-

-

-

NVR2V13[4] NVR2V13[3] NVR2V13[2] NVR2V13[1] NVR2V13[0]

1



1

-

-

-

-

NVR2V50[4] NVR2V50[3] NVR2V50[2] NVR2V50[1] NVR2V50[0] (E1h) adjustment

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

NVR3V8[3] NVR3V8[2] NVR3V8[1] NVR3V8[0]

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

NVR3V20[3] NVR3V20[2] NVR3V20[1] NVR3V20[0]

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

NVR3V27[3] NVR3V27[2] NVR3V27[1] NVR3V27[0]

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

NVR3V36[3] NVR3V36[2] NVR3V36[1] NVR3V36[0]

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

NVR3V43[3] NVR3V43[2] NVR3V43[1] NVR3V43[0]

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

NVR3V55[3] NVR3V55[2] NVR3V55[1] NVR3V55[0]

1

GAMCTRN1





1

-

-

-

-

-

NVR3V59[3] NVR3V59[2] NVR3V59[1] NVR3V59[0]

-

1

1

-

NVR1V0[4] NVR1V0[3] NVR1V0[2] NVR1V0[1] NVR1V0[0]

NVR1V1[5] NVR1V1[4] NVR1V1[3] NVR1V1[2] NVR1V1[1] NVR1V1[0]

Gamma

NVR3V4[3] NVR3V4[2] NVR3V4[1] NVR3V4[0]

“-“: Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

19

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2. System Command Description
6.2.1.

NOP (00h)
00H

NOP (No Operation)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

NOP

0



1

-

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

(00h)

Parameter
No Parameter
NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

-

-This command is empty command. It does not have effect on the display module.
Description
Restriction

-However it can be used to terminate RAM data write or read as described in RAMWR (Memory Write), RAMHD
(Memory Read) and parameter write commands.
-

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
N/A
N/A
N/A
-

Flow Chart

6.2.2.

SWRESET (01h): Software Reset
01H

SWRESET (Software Reset)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

SWRESET

0



1

-

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

(01h)

Parameter
NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

Description

No Parameter

-

-When the Software Reset command is written, it causes software reset. It resets the commands and parameters to their
S/W Reset default values and all source outputs are set to DGND (display off). (See default tables in each command
description)
Note: The Frame Memory contents are not affected by this command.
-It will be necessary to wait 5msec before sending new command following software reset.
-The display module loads all display supplier’s factory default values to the registers during 5msec.

Restriction

-If Software Reset is applied during Sleep Out mode, it will be necessary to wait 120msec before sending Sleep Out
command.
-Software Reset command cannot be sent during Sleep Out sequence.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

20

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
N/A
N/A
N/A

SWRESET (01h)

Legend
Command

Display whole blank
screen

Parameter
Display

Flow Chart

Action

Set Commands
to S/W Default
Value

Mode
Sequential
transfer

Sleep In Mode

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

21

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.3.

RDDID (04h): Read Display ID
04H

RDDID (Read Display ID)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

RDDID

0



1

-

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

(04h)

1 Parameter

st

1

1



-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

nd

1

1



-

ID17

ID16

ID15

ID14

ID13

ID12

ID11

ID10

rd

1

1



-

ID27

ID26

ID25

ID24

ID23

ID22

ID21

ID20

th

1

1



-

ID37

ID36

ID35

ID34

ID33

ID32

ID31

ID30

2 Parameter
3 Parameter
4 Parameter

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

-This read byte returns 24-bits display identification information.
st

-The 1 parameter is dummy data
nd

Description

-The 2 parameter (ID17 to ID10): LCD module’s manufacturer ID.
rd

-The 3 parameter (ID27 to ID20): LCD module/driver version ID
th

Restriction

Register
Availability

-The 4 parameter (ID37 to UD30): LCD module/driver ID.
NOTE: Commands RDID1/2/3(DAh, DBh, DCh) read data correspond to the parameters 2,3,4 of the command 04h,
respectively.
Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Status
Default

Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

ID1
38h
38h
38h

Serial I/F Mode

RDDID (04h)

ID3
4Fh
4Fh
4Fh

Parallel I/F M

RDDID (04h)

Default Value
ID2
8xh
8xh
8xh

Legend
Host
Driver

Dummy Clock

Dummy Read

Command

Parameter
Display

Flow Chart

Send ID1[7:0]

Send ID1[7:0]

Send ID2[7:0]

Send ID2[7:0]

Action
Mode
Sequential
transfer

Send ID3[7:0]

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Send ID3[7:0]

22

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.4.

RDDST (09h): Read Display Status
09H

RDDST (Read Display Status)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

RDDST

0



1

-

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

1

(09h)

1 Parameter

st

1

1



-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

nd

1

1



-

BSTON

MY

MX

MV

rd

1

1



-

ST23

IFPF2

IFPF1

IFPF0

th

1

1



-

VSSON

ST14

INVON

ST12

2 Parameter
3 Parameter
4 Parameter
th

5 Parameter
1
1
GCS1

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

GCS0 TELOM HSON

ST24
NORO
IDMON PTLON SLOUT
N
ST11 DISON TEON GCS2
ML

RGB

MH

VSON PCKON DEON

ST0

This command indicates the current status of the display as described in the table below:
Bit

Description

BSTON

Booster Voltage Status

MY

Row Address Order (MY)

MX

Column Address Order (MX)

MV

Row/Column Exchange (MV)

ML

Vertical Refresh Order (ML)

RGB

RGB/ BGR Order (RGB)

MH

Horizontal Order (MH)

ST24
ST23
IFPF2

For Future Use
For Future Use
Interface Color
Definition

Pixel

Format

Idle Mode On/Off
Partial Mode On/Off
Sleep In/Out

NORON

Display Normal Mode On/Off

VSSON
ST14
INVON
ST12
ST11
DISON
TEON
GCSEL2

Vertical Scrolling Status
Horizontal Scroll Status
Inversion Status
All Pixels On (Not Used)
All Pixels Off (Not Used)
Display On/Off
Tearing effect line on/off

GCSEL1

Description

IFPF1
IFCPF0
IDMON
PTLON
SLPOUT

Gamma Curve Selection

GCSEL0
TELOM
HSON
VSON
PCLKON
DEON
ST0

Tearing effect line mode
Horizontal Sync. (HS)
Vertical Sync, (VS, RGB I/F)
Pixel Clock (PCLK, RGB I/F)
Data Enable (DE, RGB I/F)
For Future Use

Value
‘1’ =Booster on,
‘0’ =Booster off
‘1’ =Decrement, (Bottom to Top, when MADCTL (36h) D7=’1’)
‘0’ =Increment, (Top to Bottom, when MADCTL (36h) D7=’0’)
‘1’ =Decrement, (Right to Left, when MADCTL (36h) D6=’1’)
‘0’ =Increment, (Left to Right, when MADCTL (36h) D6=’0’)
‘1’ = Row/column exchange, (when MADCTL (36h) D5=’1’)
‘0’ = Normal, (when MADCTL (36h) D5=’0’)
‘1’ =Decrement, (LCD refresh Bottom to Top, when MADCTL
D4=’1’)
“0”=Increment, (LCD refresh Top to Bottom, when MADCTL
D4=’0’)
‘1’ =BGR, (When MADCTL (36h) D3=’1’)
‘0’ =RGB, (When MADCTL (36h) D3=’0’)
‘1’ =Decrement, (LCD refresh Right to Left, when MADCTL
D2=’1’)
‘0’ =Increment, (LCD refresh Left to Right, when MADCTL
D2=’0’)
‘0’
‘0’

(36h)
(36h)

(36h)
(36h)

“011” = 12-bits / pixel,
“101” = 16-bits / pixel,
“110” = 18-bits / pixel,others are no define
‘1’ = On, “0” = Off
‘1’ = On, “0” = Off
‘1’ = Out, “0” = In
‘1’ = Normal Display,
‘0’ = Partial Display
‘1’ = Scroll on,“0” = Scroll off
‘0’
‘1’ = On, “0” = Off
‘0’
‘0’
‘1’ = On, “0” = Off
‘1’ = On, “0” = Off
“000” = GC0
“001” = GC1
“010” = GC2
“011” = GC3
”100” to “111” = Not defined
‘0’ = mode1, ‘1’ = mode2
‘1’ = On, ‘0’ = Off
‘1’ = On, ‘0’ = Off
‘1’ = On, ‘0’ = Off
‘1’ = On, ‘0’ = Off
‘0’

Note: ST0, ST11-ST12, ST14, ST23, ST24 are set to ‘0’

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

23

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Restriction

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status
Default

Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

ST[31-24]
0000-0000
0xxx-xx00
0000-0000

Serial I/F Mode

Parallel I/F Mode

RDDST (09h)

Default Value (ST31 to ST0)
ST[23-16]
ST[15-8]
ST[7-0]
0110-0001 0000-0000 0000-0000
0xxx-0001 0000-0000 0000-0000
0110-0001 0000-0000 0000-0000

RDDST (09h)
Host
Driver

Dummy Clock

Dummy Read

Legend
Command

Flow Chart

Send ST[31:24]

Send ST[31:24]

Parameter
Display

Send ST[23:16]

Send ST[23:16]

Send ST[15:8]

Send ST[15:8]

Action
Mode
Sequential
transfer

Send ST[7:0]

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Send ST[7:0]

24

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.5.

RDDPM (0Ah): Read Display Power Mode
0AH

RDDPM (Read Display Power Mode)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

RDDPM

0



1

-

0

0

0

0

1

0

1

0

(0Ah)

1 Parameter

1

1



-

-

-

-

-

-

-

D1

D0

st

SLPOU NORO
nd
2 Parameter
1
1
BSTON IDMON PTLON
DISON

T
N
NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

Description

This command indicates the current status of the display as described in the table below:
Bit
Description
Value
“1”=Booster on,
BSTON
Booster Voltage Status
“0”=Booster off
“1” = Idle Mode On,
IDMON
Idle Mode On/Off
“0” = Idle Mode Off
“1” = Partial Mode On,
PTLON
Partial Mode On/Off
“0” = Partial Mode Off
“1” = Sleep Out,
SLPON
Sleep In/Out
“0” = Sleep In
“1” = Normal Display,
NORON
Display Normal Mode On/Off
“0” = Partial Display
“1” = Display On,
DISON
Display On/Off
“0” = Display Off
D1
Not Used
“0”
D0
Not Used
“0”

Restriction

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value (D7 to D0)
0000_1000 (08h)
0000_1000 (08h)
0000_1000 (08h)

Default

Legend

Serial I/F Mode

Parallel I/F Mode

Command

RDDPM (0Ah)

RDDPM (0Ah)

Parameter

Flow Chart

Host
Driver
Send D[7:0]

Dummy Read

Display

Action
Mode

Send D[7:0]

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

25

Sequential
transfer

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.6.

RDDMADCTR (0Bh): Read Display MADCTR
0BH

Inst / Para
RDDMADCTR
st
1 Parameter

RDDMADCTR (Read Display MADCTR)
D/CX
0
1

WRX

1

RDX
1

D17-8
-

D7
0
-


nd
2 Parameter
1
1
MX

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

Description

D6
0
-

D5
0
-

D4
0
-

D3
1
-

D2
0
-

D1
1
-

D0
1
-

MY

MV

ML

RGB

MH

D1

(Code)
(0Bh)
-

D0

This command indicates the current status of the display as described in the table below:
Bit
Description
Value
‘1’ = Bottom to Top (When MADCTL B7=’1’)
MX
Row Address Order
‘0’ = Top to Bottom (When MADCTL B7=’0’)
‘1’ = Right to Left (When MADCTL B6=’1’)
MY
Column Address Order
‘0’ = Left to Right (When MADCTL B6=’0’)
‘1’ = Row/column exchange (MV=1)
MV
Row/Column Order (MV)
‘0’ = Normal (MV=0)
‘1’ =LCD Refresh Bottom to Top
ML
Vertical Refresh Order
‘0’ =LCD Refresh Top to Bottom
RGB
RGB/BGR Order
‘1’ =BGR, “0”=RGB
‘1’ =LCD Refresh Right to Left
MH
Horizontal order
‘0’ =LCD Refresh Left to Right
D1
Not Used
‘0’
D0
Not Used
‘0’

Restriction

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value (D7 to D0)
0000_0000 (00h)
No change
0000_0000 (00h)

Serial I/F Mode
RDDMADCTR (0Bh)

Legend

Parallel I/F Mode
RDDMADCTR (0Bh)

Command

Host
Driver
Flow Chart

Send D[7:0]

Dummy Read

Parameter
Display

Action
Mode

Send D[7:0]

Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

26

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.7.

RDDCOLMOD (0Ch): Read Display Pixel Format
0CH

RDDCOLMOD (Read Display Pixel Format)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

RDDCOLMOD

0



1

-

0

0

0

0

1

1

0

0

(0Ch)

1

1



-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

VIPF2

VIPF1

VIPF0

D3

IFPF2

IFPF1

IFPF0

st

1 Parameter
nd

2 Parameter
1
1
VIPF3

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

-This command indicates the current status of the display as described in the table below:
IFPF[2:0]
MCU Interface Color Format
011
3
12-bits/pixel
101
5
16-bits/pixel
110
6
18-bits/pixel
111
7
No used
Others are no define and invalid
Description
VIPF[3:0]
0101
5
0110
6
0111
7
1110
14
Others are no define and invalid

RGB Interface Color Format
16-bits/pixel (1-times data transfer)
18-bits/pixel (1-times data transfer)
No used
18-bits/pixel (3-times data transfer)

Restriction
Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Default Value
IFPF[2:0]
VIPF[3:0]
0110 (18-bits/pixel)
0110 (18-bits/pixel)
No Change
No Change
0110 (18-bits/pixel)
0110 (18-bits/pixel)

Default

Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Serial I/F Mode
RDDCOLMOD (0Ch)

Legend

Parallel I/F Mode
RDDCOLMOD (0Ch)

Command

Host
Driver
Flow Chart

Send D[7:0]

Dummy Read

Parameter
Display

Action
Mode

Send D[7:0]

Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

27

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.8.

RDDIM (0Dh): Read Display Image Mode
0DH

RDDIM (0Dh): Read Display Image Mode

Inst / Para
D/CX WRX
RDX D17-8
D7
RDDIM
0
1
0

st
1 Parameter
1
1

nd
2 Parameter
1
1
VSSON

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

Description

D6
0
D6

D5
0
INVON

D4
0
D4

D3
1
D3

D2
1
GCS2

D1
0
GCS1

D0
1
GCS0

(Code)
(0Dh)
-

This command indicates the current status of the display as described in the table below:
Bit
Description
Value
“1” = Vertical scrolling is On,
VSSON Vertical Scrolling On/Off
“0” = Vertical scrolling is Off
D6
Horizontal Scrolling On/Off
“0” (Not used)
“1” = Inversion is On,
INVON Inversion On/Off
“0” = Inversion is Off
D4
All Pixels On
“0” (Not used)
D3
All Pixels Off
“0” (Not used)
“000” = GC0,
GCS2
“001” = GC1,
GCS1
Gamma Curve Selection
“010” = GC2,
GCS0
“011” = GC3, ”100” to “111” = Not defined

Restriction

-

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value (D7 to D0)
0000_0000 (00h)
0000_0000 (00h)
0000_0000 (00h)

Serial I/F Mode
RDDIM (0Dh)

Legend

Parallel I/F Mode
RDDIM (0Dh)

Command

Host
Driver
Flow Chart

Send D[7:0]

Dummy Read

Parameter
Display

Action
Mode

Send D[7:0]

Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

28

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.9.

RDDSM (0Eh): Read Display Signal Mode
RDDSM (0Eh): Read Display Signal Mode

0EH

Inst / Para
D/CX WRX
RDX D17-8
D7
D6
D5
RDDSM
0
1
0
0
0

st
1 Parameter
1
1

nd
2 Parameter
1
1
TEON TELOM HSON

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

Description

D4
D3
D2
0
1
1
VSON PCKON DEON

D1
1
D1

D0
0
D0

(Code)
(0Eh)
-

This command indicates the current status of the display as described in the table below:
Bit
Description
Value
“1” = On,
TEON
Tearing Effect Line On/Off
“0” = Off
“0” = mode1,
TELOM
Tearing effect line mode
“1” = mode2
“1” = On,
HSON
Horizontal Sync. (RGB I/F) On/Off
“0” = Off
“1” = On,
VSON
Vertical Sync. (RGB I/F) On/Off
“0” = Off
“1” = On,
PCKON
Pixel Clock (PCLK, RGB I/F) On/Off
“0” = Off
“1” = On,
DEON
Data Enable (DE, RGB I/F) On/Off
“0” = Off
“1” = On,
D1
Not Used
“0” = Off
“1” = On,
D0
Not Used
“0” = Off

Restriction

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value (D7 to D0)
0000_0000 (00h)
0000_0000 (00h)
0000_0000 (00h)

Serial I/F Mode
RDDSM (0Eh)

Legend

Parallel I/F Mode
RDDSM (0Eh)

Command

Host
Driver
Flow Chart

Send D[7:0]

Dummy Read

Parameter
Display

Action
Mode

Send D[7:0]

Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

29

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.10. RDDSDR (0Fh): Read Display Self-Diagnostic Result
0FH

RDDSDR (0Fh): Read Display Self-Diagnostic Result

Inst / Para
D/CX WRX
RDX D17-8
D7
RDDSDR
0
1
0

st
1 Parameter
1
1

nd
2 Parameter
1
1
RELD

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

Description

D6
0
FUND

D5
0
ATTD

D4
0
BRD

D3
1
D3

D2
1
D2

D1
1
D1

D0
1
D0

(Code)
(0Fh)
-

This command indicates the current status of the display as described in the table below:
Bit
Description
Value
RELD
Register Loading Detection
FUND
Functionality Detection
ATTD
Chip Attachment Detection
BRD
Display Glass Break Detection
D3
Not Used
“0”
D2
Not Used
“0”
D1
Not Used
“0”
D0
Not Used
“0”

Restriction

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value (D7 to D0)
0000_0000 (00h)
0000_0000 (00h)
0000_0000 (00h)

Serial I/F Mode
RDDSDR (0Fh)

Legend

Parallel I/F Mode
RDDSTR (0Fh)

Command

Host
Driver
Flow Chart

Send D[7:0]

Dummy Read

Parameter
Display

Action
Mode

Send D[7:0]

Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

30

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.11. SLPIN (10h): Sleep In
10H

SLPIN (Sleep In)

Inst / Para
D/CX WRX
RDX D17-8
D7
SLPIN
0
1
0

st
1 Parameter
NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

D6
D5
0
0
No parameter

D4
1

D3
0

D2
0

D1
0

D0
0

(Code)
(10h)
-

-This command causes the LCD module to enter the minimum power consumption mode.
-In this mode the DC/DC converter is stopped, Internal display oscillator is stopped, and panel scanning is stopped.
Sleep In
VDDIO

1.6V-3.6V

VDD

2.6V-3.6V

Gate Output

STOP

Source Output

0V

VCOM Output
Description

Blanking display (over 1frame display) *

0V

0V

Internal counter

STOP

Internal Oscillator

STOP
DISCHARGE

DC charge in capacitors

0V or VDD

VGH

0V or VDD

VGL

0V

AVDD

0V or VDD

IC Internal reset

0V

* Note: complete 1 frame display (ex: continue 2-falling edges of VS)
-MCU interface and memory are still working and the memory keeps its contents
-This command has no effect when module is already in sleep in mode. Sleep In Mode can only be exit by the Sleep Out
Command (11h).
Restriction

-It will be necessary to wait 5msec before sending next command, this is to allow time for the supply voltages and clock
circuits to stabilize.
-It will be necessary to wait 120msec after sending Sleep Out command (when in Sleep In Mode) before Sleep In
command can be sent.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
Sleep in mode
Sleep in mode
Sleep in mode

Default

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

31

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
-It takes about 120msec to get into Sleep In mode (booster off state) after SLPIN command issued.
-The results of booster off can be check by RDDST (09h) command Bit31.

Legend

SPLIN (10h)

Flow Chart

Display whole blank
screen (Automatic No
effect to DISP
ON/OFF Command)

Drain charge
from LCD
panel

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Stop
DC/DC
Converte

Command

Parameter
Display

Stop
Internal
Oscillator
Sleep In

32

Action
Mode
Sequential
transfer

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.12. SLPOUT (11h): Sleep Out
11H

SLPOUT (Sleep Out)

Inst / Para
D/CX WRX
RDX D17-8
D7
SLPOUT
0
1
0

st
1 Parameter
NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

D6
D5
0
0
No Parameter

D4
1

D3
0

D2
0

D1
0

D0
1

(Code)
(11h)
-

-This command turns off sleep mode.
-In this mode the DC/DC converter is enabled, Internal display oscillator is started, and panel scanning is started.
Sleep Out
VDDIO

1.6V-3.6V

VDD

2.6V-3.6V

Internal Oscillator

STOP

AVDD

0V or VDD

VGL

0V

VGH

0V or VDD

Internal counter

STOP

IC Internal reset

0V

Gate Output

STOP

Source Output

0V

0V

Memory Contents

VCOM Output

0V

0V

Memory Contents

Description

Start

Start

STOP

Blanking display (over 1frame display) *

If DISPON 29h is set

* Note: complete 1 frame display (ex: continue 2-falling edges of VS)
-This command has no effect when module is already in sleep out mode. Sleep Out Mode can only be exit by the Sleep
In Command (10h).
-It will be necessary to wait 5msec before sending next command, this is to allow time for the supply voltages and clock
circuits to stabilize.
Restriction

-DRIVER loads all default values of extended and test command to the registers during this 5msec and there cannot be
any abnormal visual effect on the display image if those default and register values are same when this load is done
and when the DRIVER is already Sleep Out mode.
-DRIVER is doing self-diagnostic functions during this 5msec.
-It will be necessary to wait 120msec after sending Sleep In command (when in Sleep Out mode) before Sleep Out
command can be sent

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
Sleep in mode
Sleep in mode
Sleep in mode

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

33

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
-It takes 120msec to become Sleep Out mode (booster on mode) after SLPOUT command issued.
-The results of booster on can be checked by RDDST (09h) command Bit31.

SLPOUT (11h)
Start Internal
Oscillator

Flow Chart

Start
DC-DC
Converter
Charge Offset
voltage for
LCD Panel

Legend
Display whole blank
screen for 2 frames
(Automatic No effect to
DISP ON/OFF
Display Memory
contents in accordance
with the current command
table settings

Command

Parameter
Display

Action
Mode
Sequential
transfer

Sleep Out

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

34

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.13. PTLON (12h): Partial Display Mode On
12H

PTLON (12h): Partial Display Mode On

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

PTLON

0



1

-

0

0

0

1

0

0

1

0

(12h)

st

1 Parameter
NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

No Parameter

-

-This command turns on Partial mode. The partial mode window is described by the Partial Area command (30h)
Description

-To leave Partial mode, the Normal Display Mode On command (13H) should be written.
-There is no abnormal visual effect during mode change between Normal mode On & lt; - & gt; Partial mode On.

Restriction

This command has no effect when Partial mode is active.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
Normal Mode On
Normal Mode On
Normal Mode On

Flow Chart

See Partial Area (30h)

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

35

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.14. NORON (13h): Normal Display Mode On
13H

NORON (Normal Display Mode On)

Inst / Para
D/CX WRX
RDX D17-8
D7
NORON
0
1
0

st
1 Parameter
NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

D6
D5
0
0
No Parameter

D4
1

D3
0

D2
0

D1
1

D0
1

(Code)
(13h)
-

-This command returns the display to normal mode.
Description

-Normal display mode on means Partial mode off, Scroll mode Off.
-Exit from NORON by the Partial mode On command (12h)
-There is no abnormal visual effect during mode change from Normal mode On to Partial mode On.

Restriction

-This command has no effect when Normal Display mode is active.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
Normal Mode On
Normal Mode On
Normal Mode On

Flow Chart

-See Partial Area and Vertical Scrolling Definition Descriptions for details of when to use this command

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

36

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.15. INVOFF (20h): Display Inversion Off
20H

INVOFF (Display Inversion Off)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

INVOFF

0



1

-

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

0

(20h)

st

1 Parameter
NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

No Parameter

-

-This command is used to recover from display inversion mode.
-This command makes no change of contents of frame memory.
-This command does not change any other status.

Top-Left (0,0)

Description

Restriction

(Example)
Memory

Display

-This command has no effect when module is already inversion off mode.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
Display Inversion off
Display Inversion off
Display Inversion off

Legend
Display Inversion On
Mode

Flow Chart

Command

Parameter
Display

INVOFF (20h)

Action
Mode

Display Inversion OFF
Mode

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Sequential
transfer

37

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.16. INVON (21h): Display Inversion On
21H

INVON (Display Inversion On)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

INVON

0



1

-

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

1

(21h)

st

1 Parameter
NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

No Parameter

-

-This command is used to enter into display inversion mode
-This command makes no change of contents of frame memory.
-This command does not change any other status.
-To exit from Display Inversion On, the Display Inversion Off command (20h) should be written.

Description

Restriction

Top-Left (0,0)

(Example)
Memory

Display

-This command has no effect when module is already Inversion On mode.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
Display Inversion off
Display Inversion off
Display Inversion off

Legend
Display Inversion OFF
Mode

Flow Chart

Command

Parameter
Display

INVON (21h)

Action
Mode

Display Inversion ON
Mode

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Sequential
transfer

38

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.17. GAMSET (26h): Gamma Set
26H

GAMSET (Gamma Set)

Inst / Para
D/CX WRX
RDX D17-8
D7
GAMSET
0
1
0

st
1 Parameter
1
GC7
1

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

D6
0
GC6

D5
1
GC5

D4
0
GC4

D3
0
GC3

D2
1
GC2

D1
1
GC1

D0
0
GC0

(Code)
(26h)

-This command is used to select the desired Gamma curve for the current display. A maximum of 4 curves can be
selected. The curve is selected by setting the appropriate bit in the parameter as described in the Table.
GC [7:0]

Parameter

Curve Selected
GS=1

Description

GS=0

GC0

Gamma Curve 1 (G2.2)

Gamma Curve 1 (G1.0)

02h

GC1

Gamma Curve 2 (G1.8)

Gamma Curve 2 (G2.5)

04h

GC2

Gamma Curve 3 (G2.5)

Gamma Curve 3 (G2.2)

08h
GC3
Note: All other values are undefined.
Restriction

01h

Gamma Curve 4 (G1.0)

Gamma Curve 4 (G1.8)

-Values of GC [7:0] not shown in table above are invalid and will not change the current selected Gamma curve until valid
is received.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
01h
01h
01h

Legend

----------------

Command

GAMSET (26h)

Parameter
Display
st

Flow Chart

1 Parameter: GC[7:0]

Action
Mode
Sequential
transfer

New Gamma
Curve Loaded

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

39

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.18. DISPOFF (28h): Display Off
28H

DISPOFF (Display Off)

Inst / Para
D/CX WRX
RDX D17-8
D7
DISPOFF
0
1
0

st
1 Parameter
NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

D6
D5
0
1
No Parameter

D4
0

D3
1

D2
0

D1
0

D0
0

(Code)
(28h)
-

-This command is used to enter into DISPLAY OFF mode. In this mode, the output from Frame Memory is disables and
blank page inserted.
-This command makes no change of contents of frame memory.
-This command does not change any other status.
-There will be no abnormal visible effect on the display.
-Exit from this command by Display On (29h)

Top-Left (0,0)

(Example)
Memory

Display

Display OFF
VDDIO

1.6V-3.6V

VDD

Description

2.6V-3.6V

Gate Output

STOP

Source Output

0V

VCOM Output

Blanking display (over 1 frame display) *

0V

0V

Internal counter

STOP

Internal Oscillator
VGH
VGL
AVDD
IC Internal reset
* Note: complete 1 frame display (ex: continue 2-falling edges of VS)
Restriction

Register
Availability

-This command has no effect when module is already in Display Off mode.
Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

40

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
Display off
Display off
Display off

Legend
Display On Mode

Command

Parameter

Flow Chart

Display

DISPOFF (28h)

Action
Mode

Display OFF Mode

Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

41

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.19. DISPON (29h): Display On
29H

DISPON (Display On)

Inst / Para
D/CX WRX
RDX D17-8
D7
DISPON
0
1
0

st
1 Parameter
NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

D6
D5
0
1
No Parameter

D4
0

D3
1

D2
0

D1
0

D0
1

(Code)
(29h)
-

-This command is used to recover from DISPLAY OFF mode. Output from the Frame Memory is enabled.
-This command makes no change of contents of frame memory.
-This command does not change any other status.

Top-Left (0,0)

(Example)
Memory

Display

Display ON
1.6V-3.6V

VDDIO
VDD
Description

2.6V-3.6V

Blanking display (over 1 frame display) *

Gate Output

STOP

Source Output

0V

Memory Contents

VCOM Output

0V

Memory Contents

Internal counter

STOP

Start

Internal Oscillator
VGH
VGL
AVDD
IC Internal reset
* Note: complete 1 frame display (ex: continue 2-falling edges of VS)

Restriction

-This command has no effect when module is already in Display On mode.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
Display off
Display off
Display off

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

42

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Legend
Display OFF Mode

Command

Parameter

Flow Chart

Display

DISPON (29h)

Action
Mode

Display ON Mode

Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

43

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.20. CASET (2Ah): Column Address Set
CASET (Column Address Set)

2AH
Inst / Para
D/CX WRX
RDX D17-8
D7
CASET
0
1
0

st
1 Parameter
1
1
XS15

nd
2 Parameter
1
1
XS7

rd
3 Parameter
1
1
XE15

th
4 Parameter
1
1
XE7

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

D6
0
XS14
XS6
XE14
XE6

D5
1
XS13
XS5
XE13
XE5

D4
0
XS12
XS4
XE12
XE4

D3
1
XS11
XS3
XE11
XE3

D2
0
XS10
XS2
XE10
XE2

D1
1
XS9
XS1
XE9
XE1

D0
0
XS8
XS0
XE8
XE0

(Code)
(2Ah)

-This command is used to define area of frame memory where MCU can access.
-This command makes no change on the other driver status.
-The value of XS [15:0] and XE [15:0] are referred when RAMWR command comes.
-Each value represents one column line in the Frame Memory.

(Example)
XS[15:0]

XE[15:0]

Description

XS [15:0] always must be equal to or less than XE [15:0]
When XS [15:0] or XE [15:0] is greater than maximum address like below, data of out of range will be ignored.
1. 128X160 memory base (GM = ’00’)
(Parameter range: 0 ≤ XS [15:0] ≤ XE [15:0] ≤ 127 (007Fh)): MV=”0”
(Parameter range: 0 ≤ XS [15:0] ≤ XE [15:0] ≤ 159 (009Fh)): MV=”1”
2. 120x160 memory base (GM = ‘01’)
Restriction

(Parameter range: 0 ≤ XS [15:0] ≤ XE [15:0] ≤ 119 (0077h)): MV=”0”
(Parameter range: 0 ≤ XS [15:0] ≤ XE [15:0] ≤ 159 (009Fh)): MV=”1”
3. 128x128 memory base (GM = ‘10’)
(Parameter range: 0 ≤ XS [15:0] ≤ XE [15:0] ≤ 127 (007Fh)): MV=”0”
(Parameter range: 0 ≤ XS [15:0] ≤ XE [15:0] ≤ 127 (007Fh)): MV=”1”
4. 132x162 memory base (GM = ‘11’)
(Parameter range: 0 ≤ XS [15:0] ≤ XE [15:0] ≤ 131 (0083h)): MV=”0”
(Parameter range: 0 ≤ XS [15:0] ≤ XE [15:0] ≤ 161 (00A1h)): MV=”1”

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

44

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
1. 128x160 memory base (GM = ‘00’)
Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

XS [15:0]
0000h
0000h
0000h

Default Value
XE [15:0] (MV=’0’)
XE [15:0] (MV=’1’)
007Fh (127)
007Fh (127)
009Fh (159)
007Fh (127)

XS [15:0]
0000h
0000h
0000h

Default Value
XE [15:0] (MV=’0’)
XE [15:0] (MV=’1’)
0077h (119)
0077h (119)
009Fh (159)
0077h (119)

XS [15:0]
0000h
0000h
0000h

Default Value
XE [15:0] (MV=’0’)
XE [15:0] (MV=’1’)
007Fh (127)
007Fh (127)
007Fh (127)
007Fh (127)

XS [15:0]
0000h
0000h
0000h

Default Value
XE [15:0] (MV=’0’)
XE [15:0] (MV=’1’)
0083h (131)
0083h (131)
00A1h (161)
0083h (131)

2. 120x160 memory base (GM = ‘01’)
Status

Default

Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset
3. 128x128 memory base (GM = ‘10’)
Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset
4. 132x162 memory base (GM = ‘11’)
Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Partial Mode
CASET (2Ah)

rd

st
nd
1 & 2 Parameter:
XS[15:0]
th

RASET (2Bh)

Flow Chart
rd

1st & 2nd Parameter:
YS[15:0]
th

If Needed

RAMWR (2Ch)

Image Data
D1[17:0],D2[17:0]…Dn[17:0]

Legend
Command

Parameter
Display

Action
Mode

Any Command

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Sequential
transfer

45

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.21. RASET (2Bh): Row Address Set
2BH

RASET (Row Address Set)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

RASET (2Bh)

0



1

-

0

0

1

0

1

0

1

1

(2Bh)

st

1



1

-

YS15

YS14

YS13

YS12

YS11

YS10

YS9

YS8

nd

1



1

-

YS7

YS6

YS5

YS4

YS3

YS2

YS1

YS0

rd

1



1

-

YE15

YE14

YE13

YE12

YE11

YE10

YE9

YE8

4 Parameter
1
1
YE7

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

YE6

YE5

YE4

YE3

YE2

YE1

YE0

1 Parameter
2 Parameter
3 Parameter
th

This command is used to define area of frame memory where MCU can access.
This command makes no change on the other driver status.
The value of YS [15:0] and YE [15:0] are referred when RAMWR command comes.
Each value represents one column line in the Frame Memory.

(Example)
Description

YS[15:0]

YE[15:0]
YS [15:0] always must be equal to or less than YE [15:0]
When YS [15:0] or YE [15:0] are greater than maximum row address like below, data of out of range will be ignored.
1. 128X160 memory base (GM = ’00’)
(Parameter range: 0 ≤ YS [15:0] ≤ YE [15:0] ≤ 159 (009Fh)): MV=”0”
(Parameter range: 0 ≤ YS [15:0] ≤ YE [15:0] ≤ 127 (007Fh)): MV=”1”
2. 120x160 memory base (GM = ‘01’)
Restriction

(Parameter range: 0 ≤ YS [15:0] ≤ YE [15:0] ≤ 159 (009Fh)): MV=”0”
(Parameter range: 0 ≤ YS [15:0] ≤ YE [15:0] ≤ 119 (0077h)): MV=”1”
3. 128x128 memory base (GM = ‘10’)
(Parameter range: 0 ≤ YS [15:0] ≤ YE [15:0] ≤ 127 (007Fh)): MV=”0”
(Parameter range: 0 ≤ YS [15:0] ≤ YE [15:0] ≤ 127 (007Fh)): MV=”1”
4. 132x162 memory base (GM = ‘11’)
(Parameter range: 0 ≤ YS [15:0] ≤ YE [15:0] ≤ 161 (00A1h)): MV=”0”
(Parameter range: 0 ≤ YS [15:0] ≤ YE [15:0] ≤ 131 (0083h)): MV=”1”

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

46

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
1. 128x160 memory base (GM = ‘00’)
Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

YS [15:0]
0000h
0000h
0000h

Default Value
YE [15:0] (MV=’0’)
YE [15:0] (MV=’1’)
009Fh (159)
009Fh (159)
007Fh (127)
009Fh (159)

YS [15:0]
0000h
0000h
0000h

Default Value
YE [15:0] (MV=’0’)
YE [15:0] (MV=’1’)
009Fh (159)
007Fh (159)
0077h (119)
009Fh (159)

YS [15:0]
0000h
0000h
0000h

Default Value
YE [15:0] (MV=’0’)
YE [15:0] (MV=’1’)
007Fh (127)
007Fh (127)
007Fh (127)
007Fh (127)

YS [15:0]
0000h
0000h
0000h

Default Value
YE [15:0] (MV=’0’)
YE [15:0] (MV=’1’)
00A1h (161)
00A1h (161)
0083h (131)
00A1h (161)

2. 120x160 memory base (GM = ‘01’)
Status

Default

Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset
3. 128x128 memory base (GM = ‘10’)
Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset
4. 132x162 memory base (GM = ‘11’)
Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Partial Mode

rd

If Needed

CASET (2Ah)

1st & 2nd Parameter:
XS[15:0]
th

RASET (2Bh)

Flow Chart
rd

st
nd
1 & 2 Parameter:
YS[15:0]
th

Legend
RAMWR (2Ch)

Command

Parameter

If Needed

Image Data
D1[17:0],D2[17:0]…Dn[17:0]

Display

Action
Mode

Any Command

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Sequential
transfer

47

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.22. RAMWR (2Ch): Memory Write
2CH

RAMWR (Memory Write)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

RAMWR

0



1

-

0

0

1

0

1

1

0

0

(2Ch)

1 Parameter

1



1

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

-



1



1





















N Parameter
1
1
D17-8
D7

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

-

st

th

-This command is used to transfer data from MCU to frame memory.
-This command makes no change to the other driver status.
Description

-When this command is accepted, the column register and the row register are reset to the Start Column/Start Row
positions.
-The Start Column/Start Row positions are different in accordance with MADCTR setting.
-Sending any other command can stop Frame Write.
In all color modes, there is no restriction on length of parameters.
-1. 128X160 memory base (GM = ‘00’)
128x160x18-bit memory can be written by this command
Memory range: (0000h,0000h) - & gt; (007Fh, 09Fh)

Restriction

-2. 120x160 memory base (GM = ‘01’)
120x160x18-bit memory can be written on this command.
Memory range: (0000h,0000h) - & gt; (0077h,09Fh)
-3. 128x128 memory base (GM = ‘10’)
128x128x18-bit memory can be written on this command.
Memory range: (0000h,0000h) - & gt; (007Fh,007Fh)
-4. 132x162 memory base (GM = ‘11’)
132x162x18-bit memory can be written on this command.
Memory range: (0000h,0000h) - & gt; (0083h,00A1h)

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
Contents of memory is set randomly
Contents of memory is not cleared
Contents of memory is not cleared

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

48

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Legend
RAMWR (2Ch)

Command

Parameter
Flow Chart

Image Data
D1[17:0],D2[17:0]…Dn[17:0]

Display

Action
Mode

Any Command

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Sequential
transfer

49

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.23. RGBSET (2Dh): Colour Setting for 4K, 65K and 262K
2DH

RGBSET (Colour Set for 4K, 65K and 262K)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

RGBSET

0



1

-

0

0

1

0

1

1

0

1

(2Dh)

1 Parameter

1



1

-

-

-

R005

R004

R003

R002

R001

R000

-



1



1

-

-

-

Rnn5

Rnn4

Rnn3

Rnn2

Rnn1

Rnn0

-



1



1

-

-

-

R315

R314

R313

R312

R311

R310

-



1



1

-

-

-

G005

G004

G003

G002

G001

G000

-



1



1

-

-

-

Gnn5

Gnn4

Gnn3

Gnn2

Gnn1

Gnn0

-



1



1

-

-

-

G635

G634

G633

G632

G631

G630

-



1



1

-

-

-

B005

B004

B003

B002

B001

B000

-



1



1

-

-

-

Bnn5

Bnn4

Bnn3

Bnn2

Bnn1

Bnn0

-

128 Parameter
1
1

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

-

B315

B314

B313

B312

B311

B310

-

st

nd

This command is used to define the LUT for 12bits-to-16bits / 16-bits-to-18bits color depth conversations.
128-Bytes must be written to the LUT regardless of the color mode..
Description

In this condition, 4K-color (4-4-4) and 65K-color(5-6-5) data input are transferred 6(R)-6(G)-6(B) through RGB LUT table.
This command has no effect on other commands/parameters and Contents of frame memory.
Visible change takes effect next time the Frame Memory is written to.

Restriction

Do not send any command before the last data is sent or LUT is not defined correctly.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
Random
Contents of the look-up table protected
Random

---------------

Legend

RGBSET (2Dh)

Command

Parameter
Display

st

1 Parameter:
Flow Chart



Action

th

64 Parameter:
th
65 Parameter:

Mode


th

128 Parameter:

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Sequential
transfer

50

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.24. RAMHD (2Eh): Memory Read
2EH

RAMHD (Memory Read)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

RAMHD

0



1

-

0

0

1

0

1

1

1

0

(2Eh)

1 Parameter

st

1

1



-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2 Parameter

nd

1

1



D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

-



1

1























(N+1) Parameter
1
1
D17-8
D7

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

-

th

-This command is used to transfer data from frame memory to MCU.
-This command makes no change to the other driver status.
Description

-When this command is accepted, the column register and the row register are reset to the Start Column/Start Row
positions.
-The Start Column/Start Row positions are different in accordance with MADCTR setting.
-Frame Read can be canceled by sending any other command.

Restriction

-In all color modes, the Frame Read is always 18-bits and there is no restriction on length of parameters.
-Memory read is only possible via the SPI and parallel interface.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
Contents of memory is set randomly
Contents of memory is not cleared
Contents of memory is not cleared

RAMRD (2Eh)
Legend
Command

Dummy Read

Parameter
Flow Chart

Display

Image Data
D1[17:0],D2[17:0]…Dn[17:0]

Action
Mode
Sequential
transfer

Any Command

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

51

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.25. PTLAR (30h): Partial Area
30H

PTLAR (Partial Area)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

PTLAR

0



1

-

0

0

1

1

0

0

0

0

(30h)

1 Parameter

st

1



1

-

PSL15

PSL14

PSL13

PSL12

PSL11

PSL10

PSL9

PSL8

nd

1



1

-

PSL7

PSL6

PSL5

PSL4

PSL3

PSL2

PSL1

PSL0

rd

1



1

-

PEL15

PEL14

PEL13

PEL12

PEL11

PEL10

PEL9

PEL8

4 Parameter
1
1
PEL7

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

PEL6

PEL5

PEL4

PEL3

PEL2

PEL1

PEL0

2 Parameter
3 Parameter
th

-This command defines the partial mode’s display area.
-There are 4 parameters associated with this command, the first defines the Start Row (PSL) and the second the End
Row (PEL), as illustrated in the figures below. PSL and PEL refer to the Frame Memory row address counter.

-If End Row & gt; Start Row, when MADCTL ML=’0’
Start Row
PSL [15:0]

Non-displaying Area
Partial Display Area

PEL [15:0]
End Row

Non-displaying Area

-If End Row & gt; Start Row, when MADCTL ML=’1’
End Row
PEL [15:0]

Non-displaying Area

Description

Partial Display Area
PSL [15:0]
Start Row

Non-displaying Area

-If End Row & lt; Start Row, when MADCTL ML=’0’
End Row

Partial Display Area

PEL [15:0]
Non-displaying Area
PSL [15:0]

Partial Display Area

Start Row

-If End Row = Start Row then the Partial Area will be one row deep.

Restriction

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

52

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Status

Default Value
PEL [15:0]
GM=”00” , “01”
GM=”10”
009Fh
007Fh
009Fh
007Fh
009Fh
007Fh

PSL [15:0]

Default
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

0000h
0000h
0000h

1. To Enter Partial Mode

2. To Exit Partial Mode

PTLAR (30h)

Partial Mode

st

DISPOFF (28h)

nd

1 & 2 Parameter:
D
rd

NORON (13h)

th

3 & 4 Parameter:
PEL[15:0]

Partial Mode OFF
Flow Chart

PTLON (12h)
Partial Mode
Image Data
D1[17:0],D2[17:0]…
Dn[17:0]
DISON (29h)

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.

Optional to
prevent tearing
effect image
display
Legend
Command

Parameter
RAMRW (2Ch)

Proprietary & Confidential

GM=”11”
00A1h
00A1h
00A1h

53

Display

Action
Mode
Sequential
transfer

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.26. SCRLAR (33h): Scroll Area
33H

SCRLAR (Scroll Area)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

SCRLAR

0



1

-

0

0

1

1

0

0

1

1

(33h)

st

1



1

-

TFA15

TFA14

TFA13

TFA12

TFA11

TFA10

TFA9

TFA8

nd

1



1

-

TFA7

TFA6

TFA5

TFA4

TFA3

TFA2

TFA1

TFA0

rd

1



1

-

VSA15 VSA14 VSA13 VSA12 VSA11 VSA10

VSA9

VSA8

th

1



1

-

VSA7

VSA6

VSA5

VSA4

VSA3

VSA2

VSA1

VSA0

1
1
BFA15

th
6 Parameter
1
1
BFA7

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

BFA14

BFA13

BFA12

BFA11

BFA10

BFA9

BFA8

BFA6

BFA5

BFA4

BFA3

BFA2

BFA1

BFA0

1 Parameter
2 Parameter
3 Parameter
4 Parameter
th

5 Parameter

This command defines the Vertical Scrolling Area of the display.
When MADCTR ML=0
st

nd

-The 1 & 2 parameter TFA [15:0] describes the Top Fixed Area (in No. of lines from Top of the Frame Memory and
Display).
rd
th
-The 3 & 4 parameter VSA [15:0] describes the height of the Vertical Scrolling Area (in No. of lines of the Frame
Memory [not the display] from the Vertical Scrolling Start Address)
-The first line appears immediately after the bottom most line of the Top Fixed Area.
th

th

-The 5 & 6 parameter BFA [15:0] describes the Bottom Fixed Area (in No. of lines from Bottom of the Frame
Memory and Display).
-TFA, VSA and BFA refer to the Frame Memory row address.
Top-Left (0,0)

Top Fixed Area
TFA [15:0]
First line read from
frame memory

Scroll Fixed Area
VSFA [15:0]
Bottom Fixed Area
BFA [15:0]
Description
When MADCTR ML=1
st

nd

th

th

-The 1 & 2 parameter TFA [15:0] describes the Top Fixed Area (in No. of lines from Bottom of the Frame Memory
and Display).
rd
th
-The 3 & 4 parameter VSA [15:0] describes the height of the Vertical Scrolling Area (in No. of lines of the Frame
Memory [not the display] from the Vertical Scrolling Start Address)
-The first line appears immediately after the top most line of the Top Fixed Area.
-The 5 & 6 parameter BFA [15:0] describes the Bottom Fixed Area (in No. of lines from Top of the Frame Memory
and Display).
Top-Left (0,0)

Bottom Fixed Area
BFA [15:0]
Scroll Fixed Area
VSFA [15:0]
First line read from
frame memory

Top Fixed Area
TFA [15:0]

Restriction

-The condition is 0 ≤ (TFA+VSA+BFA) ≤ 162, otherwise Scrolling mode is undefined.
-In Vertical Scroll Mode, MADCTR parameter MV should be set to ‘0’-this only affects the Frame Memory Write.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

54

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Register
Availability

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status
Default
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

TFA [15:0]
0000h
0000h
0000h

Default Value
VSA [15:0]
GM=”00”,”01”
GM=”10”
00A0h
0080h
00A0h
0080h
00A0h
0080h

55

BFA [15:0]
GM=”11”
00A2h
00A2h
00A2h

0000h
0000h
0000h

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
1. To Enter Vertical Scroll Mode

Legend

Normal Mode

Command

SCRLAR (33h)

Parameter
Display

st

nd

1 & 2

Parameter: TFA[15:0]

Action

3rd & 4th Parameter VSA[15:0]

Mode

5th & 6th Parameter BFA[15:0]

Sequential
transfer

CASET (2Ah)
1st & 2nd Parameter XS[15:0]
rd

th

3 & 4 Parameter XE[15:0]

RASET (2Ah)
1st & 2nd Parameter YS[15:0]
Flow Chart

Only required
for non-rolling
scrolling

3rd & 4th Parameter YE[15:0]
MADCTR (36h)
Parameter: MY,MX,MV,ML,RGB
RAMRW (2Ch)
Scroll Image
Data
VSCSAD (37h)

1st & 2nd Parameter SS
Scroll Mode
NOTE: The Frame Memory Window size must be defined correctly otherwise undesirable image will be displayed.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

56

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Legend

2. Continuous Scroll

Command

Normal Mode

Parameter
Display

CASET (2Ah)
1st

Action

& 2nd Parameter XS[15:0]

Mode
rd

th

3 & 4 Parameter XE[15:0]
RASET (2Bh)

Sequential
transfer

1st & 2nd Parameter YS[15:0]
3rd & 4th Parameter YE[15:0]
RAMRW (2Ch)
Only required
for non-rolling
scrolling

Scroll Image
Data
VSCSAD (37h)

Flow Chart

1st & 2nd Parameter SSA[15:0]

3. To Exit Vertical Scroll Mode
Scroll Mode
DISOFF (28h)
NORON (13h) / PTLON (12h)

OptionTo prevent
Tearing Effect
Image Display

Scroll Mode OFF
RAMRW (2Ch)
Image Data
D1[17:0],D2[17:0]…
Dn[17:0]
DISON (29h)
NOTE: Scroll Mode can be exit by both the Normal Display Mode On (13h) and Partial Mode On (12h) commands.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

57

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.27. TEOFF (34h): Tearing Effect Line OFF
TEOFF (Tearing Effect Line OFF)

34H
Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

TEOFF

0



1

-

0

0

1

1

0

1

0

0

(34h)

st

1 Parameter
NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

No Parameter

-

Description

-This command is used to turn OFF (Active Low) the Tearing Effect output signal from the TE signal line.

Restriction

-This command has no effect when Tearing Effect output is already OFF.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
OFF
OFF
OFF

Default

Legend
Command

TE Line Output ON

Flow Chart

Parameter
Display

TE

Action

Mo

TE Line Output OFF

Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

58

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.28. TEON (35h): Tearing Effect Line ON
35H

TEON (Tearing Effect Line ON)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

TEON

0



1

-

0

0

1

1

0

1

0

1

(35h)

1 Parameter
1
1
0

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

0

0

0

0

0

0

TELOM

st

-This command is used to turn ON the Tearing Effect output signal from the TE signal line.
-This output is not affected by changing MADCTR bit ML.
-The Tearing Effect Line On has one parameter, which describes the mode of the Tearing Effect Output Line.
(“-“=Don’t Care).
-When M=’0’:
The Tearing Effect Output line consists of V-Blanking information only.

tvdl

tvdh

Vertical
time scale

Description

-When M=’1’:
The Tearing Effect Output line consists of both V-Blanking and H-Blinking information.

tvdl

tvdh

Vertical
time scale
Note: During Sleep In Mode with Tearing Effect Line On, Tearing Effect Output pin will be active Low.
Restriction

-This command has no effect when Tearing Effect output is already OFF.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
Tearing effect off & TELOM=0
Tearing effect off & TELOM=0
Tearing effect off & TELOM=0

Legend
Command

TE Line Output OFF

Parameter
Flow Chart

Display

TEON (35h)

Action
1st Parameter: (M)

TE Line Output ON

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Mode
Sequential
transfer

59

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.29. MADCTR (36h): Memory Data Access Control
36H

MADCTR (Memory Data Access Control)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

MADCTR

0



1

-

0

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

(36h)

MX

MV

ML

RGB

0

0

0

st

1 Parameter
1
1
MY

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

-This command defines read/ write scanning direction of frame memory.
-This command makes no change on the other driver status.
-Bit Assignment
Bit
NAME
MY
Row Address Order
MX
Column Address Order
MV
Row/Column Exchange
ML
RGB

DESCRIPTION
These 3bits controls MCU to memory write/read
direction.
LCD vertical refresh direction control
‘0’ = LCD vertical refresh Top to Bottom
‘1’ = LCD vertical refresh Bottom to Top
Color selector switch control
‘0’ =RGB color filter panel,
‘1’ =BGR color filter panel)

Vertical Refresh Order
RGB-BGR ORDER

ML: Vertical Refresh Order
Top-Left (0,0)

Memory

Display
Sent First
Sent 2nd
Sent 3rd

ML=’0’

Sent Last

Top-Left (0,0)

Description

Memory

Display
Sent Last

ML=’1’

Sent 3rd
Sent 2nd
Sent First

RGB: RGB-BGR Order
RGB=”0”
Driver IC
RGB
SIG1

RGB=”1”
Driver IC

RGB
SIG2

RGB
SIG132

RGB
SIG1

RGB
SIG2

RGB
SIG132

SIG1

SIG2

SIG132

SIG1

SIG2

SIG132

RGB

RGB

RGB

BGR

BGR

BGR

RGB

RGB

RGB

BGR

BGR

BGR

LCD Panel

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

LCD Panel

60

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
st

Restriction

D1 and D0 of the 1 parameter are set to “00” internally.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
MY=0,MX=0,MV=0,ML=0,RGB=0
No Change
MY=0,MX=0,MV=0,ML=0,RGB=0

Default

Legend
Command

Parameter

MADCTR (36h)

Display
Flow Chart

st

Action

1 Parameter:
MY, MX, ML, RGB

Mode
Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

61

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.30. VSCSAD (37h): Vertical Scroll Start Address of RAM
37H

VSCSAD (Vertical Scroll Start Address of RAM)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

VSCSAD

0



1

-

0

0

1

1

0

1

1

1

(37h)

1



1

-

SSA9

SSA8

SSA1

SSA0

st

1 Parameter

SSA15 SSA14 SSA13 SSA12 SSA11 SSA10

nd

1
SSA7
2 Parameter
1

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

SSA6

SSA5

SSA4

SSA3

SSA2

-This command is used together with Vertical Scrolling Definition (33h). These two commands describe the scrolling area
and the scrolling mode.
-The Vertical Scrolling Start Address command has one parameter which describes which line in the Frame Memory will
be written as the first line after the last line of the Top Fixed Area on the display as illustrated below:
-This command Start the scrolling.
-Exit from V-scrolling mode by commands Partial mode On (12h) or Normal mode On (13h).
When MADCTR ML= ‘0’
Example:
-When Top Fixed Area=Bottom Fixed Area=00, Vertical Scrolling Area=160 and Vertical Scrolling Pointer SSA= ’3’.

(Example)
Top-Left (0,0)

Scan address

Memory

Display
0
1
2
3


158
159

SSA[15:0]
Scroll start address
Description

G1
G2
G3
G4
|
|
G159
G160

When MADCTR ML = ‘1’
Example:
-When Top Fixed Area= Bottom Fixed Area=00, Vertical Scrolling Area=160 and SSA= ’3’

(Example)
Top-Left (0,0)

Scan address

Memory

Display
159
158


3
2
1
0

SSA[15:0]
Scroll start address

G1
G2
G3
G4
|
|
G159
G160

NOTE: -When new Pointer position and Picture Data are sent, the result on the display will happen at the next Panel
Scan to avoid tearing effect.
-SSA refers to the Frame Memory scan address.

-Since the value of the Vertical Scrolling Start Address is absolute (with reference to the Frame Memory), it must not enter
the fixed area (defined by Vertical Scrolling Definition (33h)-otherwise undesirable image will be displayed on the Panel.
Restriction

SSA[15:0] is based on 1-line unit.
-SSA[15:0] = 0000h, 0001h, 0002h, 0003h, … , 00A1h

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

62

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
0000h
0000h
0000h

Flow Chart

See Vertical Scrolling Definition (33h) description.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

63

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.31. IDMOFF (38h): Idle Mode Off
38H

IDMOFF (Idle Mode Off)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

IDMOFF

0



1

-

0

0

1

1

1

0

0

0

(38h)

st

1 Parameter
NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

No Parameter

-

-This command is used to recover from Idle mode on.
-There will be no abnormal visible effect on the display mode change transition.
Description

-In the idle off mode,
1. LCD can display 4096, 65k or 262k colors.
2. Normal frame frequency is applied.

Restriction

-This command has no effect when module is already in idle off mode.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
Idle Mode Off
Idle Mode Off
Idle Mode Off

Legend
Command

Idle mode on

Parameter
Display

Flow Chart

IDMOFF (38h)

Action
Mode

Idle mode off

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Sequential
transfer

64

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.32. IDMON (39h): Idle Mode On
39H

IDMON (Idle Mode On)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

IDMON

0



1

-

0

0

1

1

1

0

0

1

(39h)

st

1 Parameter
NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

No Parameter

-

-This command is used to enter into Idle mode on.
-There will be no abnormal visible effect on the display mode change transition.
-In the idle on mode,
1. Color expression is reduced. The primary and the secondary colors using MSB of each
R,G and B in the Frame Memory, 8 color depth data is displayed.
2. 8-Color mode frame frequency is applied.
3. Exit from IDMON by Idle Mode Off (38h) command

Top-Left (0,0)

(Example)
Memory

Display

Description

Color
Black
Blue
Red
Magenta
Green
Cyan
Yellow
White

Restriction

R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R0
0xxxxx
0xxxxx
1xxxxx
1xxxxx
0xxxxx
0xxxxx
1xxxxx
1xxxxx

G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G0
0xxxxx
0xxxxx
0xxxxx
0xxxxx
1xxxxx
1xxxxx
1xxxxx
1xxxxx

B5 B4 B3 B 4 B1 B0
0xxxxx
1xxxxx
0xxxxx
1xxxxx
0xxxxx
1xxxxx
0xxxxx
1xxxxx

This command has no effect when module is already in idle on mode.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
Idle Mode Off
Idle Mode Off
Idle Mode Off

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

65

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Legend
Command

Idle mode on

Parameter
Display

Flow Chart

IDMOFF (38h)

Action
Mode

Idle mode off

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Sequential
transfer

66

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.33. COLMOD (3Ah): Interface Pixel Format
3AH

COLMOD (3Ah): Interface Pixel Format

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

COLMOD

0



1

-

0

0

1

1

1

0

1

0

(3Ah)

VIPF2

VIPF1

VIPF0

D3

IFPF2

IFPF1

IFPF0

st

1 Parameter
1
1
VIPF3

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level
Description

This command is used to define the format of RGB picture data, which is to be transferred via the MCU interface and
RGB interface. The formats are shown in the table:
IFPF[2:0]
MCU Interface Color Format
011
3
12-bits/pixel
101
5
16-bits/pixel
110
6
18-bits/pixel
111
7
No used
Others are no define and invalid
VIPF[3:0]
0101
5
0110
6
0111
7
1110
14

RGB Interface Color Format
16-bits/pixel (1-times data transfer)
18-bits/pixel (1-times data transfer)
No used
18-bits/pixel (3-times data transfer)
Others are no define and invalid
Note1: In 12-bits/Pixel, 16-bits/Pixel or 18-bits/Pixel mode, the LUT is applied to transfer data into the Frame Memory.
Note2: When RGB I/F the 12-bit/pixel don’t care
Note 3: When VIPF[3:0]=”1110”,6-bits data width of 3-times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 18-bits color
depth information.
Restriction

There is no visible effect until the Frame Memory is written to.
Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Default Value
IFPF[2:0]
VIPF[3:0]
0110 (18-bits/pixel)
0110 (18-bits/pixel)
No Change
No Change
0110 (18-bits/pixel)
0110 (18-bits/pixel)

Default

Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset
Example:

Legend
18-bits/Pixel Mode

Command

Parameter
COLMOD (3Ah)

Display

Flow Chart

Action

1st Parameter

Mode
Sequential
transfer

16-bits/Pixel Mode

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

67

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.34. RDID1 (DAh): Read ID1 Value
DAH

RDID1 (Read ID1 Value)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

RDID1

0



1

-

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

0

(DAh)

1 Parameter

1

1



-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ID16

ID15

ID14

ID13

ID12

ID11

ID10

st

nd

ID17
2 Parameter
1
1

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

-This read byte returns 8-bits LCD module’s manufacturer ID
Description

st

-The 1 parameter is dummy data
nd

-The 2 parameter (ID17 to ID10): LCD module’s manufacturer ID.
nd
NOTE: See command RDDID (04h), 2 parameter.
Restriction

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
38h
38h
38h

Serial I/F Mode
RDID1 (DAh)

Legend

Partial I/F Mode
RDID1 (DAh)

Command

Host
Driver
Flow Chart

nd

Send 2 parameter:
ID1[7:0]

Dummy Read

Parameter
Display

Action
Mode

nd

Send 2 parameter:
ID1[7:0]

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

68

Sequential
transfer

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.35. RDID2 (DBh): Read ID2 Value
DBH

RDID2 (Read ID2 Value)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

RDID2

0



1

-

1

1

0

1

1

0

1

1

(DBh)

1 Parameter

1

1



-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ID26

ID25

ID24

ID23

ID22

ID21

ID20

st

nd

ID27
2 Parameter
1
1

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

-This read byte returns 8-bits LCD module/driver version ID
st

-The 1 parameter is dummy data
nd

-The 2 parameter (ID26 to ID20): LCD module/driver version ID
Description

-Parameter Range: ID=80h to FFh
ID26 to ID20
Version
80h
81h
82h
83h
rd
NOTE: See command RDDID (04h), 3 parameter.

Changes

Restriction

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
80h
80h
80h

Serial I/F Mode
RDID2 (DBh)

Legend

Partial I/F Mode
RDID2 (DBh)

Command

Host
Driver
Flow Chart

nd

Send 2 parameter:
ID2[7:0]

Dummy Read

Parameter
Display

Action
Mode

nd

Send 2 parameter:
ID2[7:0]

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

69

Sequential
transfer

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.2.36. RDID3 (DCh): Read ID3 Value
DCH

RDID3 (Read ID2 Value)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

RDID3

0



1

-

1

1

0

1

1

1

0

0

(DCh)

1 Parameter

1

1



-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

ID36

ID35

ID34

ID33

ID32

ID31

ID30

st

nd

ID37
2 Parameter
1
1

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

-This read byte returns 8-bits LCD module/driver ID.
Description

st

-The 1 parameter is dummy data
nd

-The 2 parameter (ID37 to ID30): LCD module/driver ID.
th
NOTE: See command RDDID (04h), 4 parameter.
Restriction

-

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
4Fh
4Fh
4Fh

Serial I/F Mode
RDID3 (DCh)

Flow Chart

Legend

Part

Command

RDID3 (DCh)
Host
Driver

nd

Send 2 parameter:
ID3[7:0]

Dummy Read

Parameter
Display

Action
Mode

nd

Send 2 p
ram

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

70

Sequential
transfer

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3. Panel Command Description

6.3.1.

RGBCTR (B0h): RGB signal control
B0H

RGBCTR (RGB signal control)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

RGBCTR

0



1

-

1

0

1

1

0

0

0

0

(B0h)

1 Parameter
1
0
1

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

0

0

ICM

DP

EP

HSP

VSP

st

-Set the operation status on the RGB interface. The setting becomes effective as soon as the command is received.
-ICM: GRAM Write/Read frequency and data input select on the RGB interface
ICM
Write/ Read frequency and input data select
Write cycle
Read cycle
Data input
0
PCLK
PCLK
D[17:0]
1
SCL
Internal oscillator
SDA
Description

Symbol

Name

DP

PCLK polarity set

EP

Enable polarity set

HSP

Hsync polarity set

VSP

Vsync polarity set

Clock polarity set for RGB Interface
‘1’ = data fetched at the falling edge
‘0’ = data fetched at the rising edge
‘1’ = Low enable for RGB interface
‘0’ = High enable for RGB interface
‘1’ = High level sync clock
‘0’ = Low level sync clock
‘1’ = High level sync clock
‘0’ = Low level sync clock

Restriction

-If this register not using the register need be reserved.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status
Default

Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Default Value
ICM
0d
0d
0d

71

DP/EP/HSP/VSP
0d/0d/0d/0d
0d/0d/0d/0d
0d/0d/0d/0d

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
------------------

Legend

RGBCTR (B0h)

Command

Parameter
Display
Flow Chart

Action

st
1 Parameter:
ICM, DP,
EP, HSP, VSP

Mode
Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

72

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.2.

FRMCTR1 (B1h): Frame Rate Control (In normal mode/ Full colors)
B1H

FRMCTR1 (Frame Rate Control)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

FRMCTR1

0



1

-

1

0

1

1

0

0

0

1

(B1h)

st

1



1

-

0

0

0

0

FP0[3]

FP0[2]

FP0[1]

FP0[0]

-

nd

1



1

-

0

0

0

0

1



1

-

0

0

0

0

BP0[2]
RTN0
[2]

BP0[1]
RTN0
[1]

BP0[0]
RTN0
[0]

-

rd

BP0[3]
RTN0
[3]

1 Parameter
2 Parameter
3 Parameter

-

NOTE: “-“ Don’t care

-Set the frame frequency of the full colors normal mode in MPU interface.
--The default vaule of BP0, FP0, and RTN0 can fit the frame frequency to be 65Hz ±5%.
FP0[3:0]
0
1
2
3
4

D
E
F
BP0[3:0]
0
1
2
3
4

D
E
F

Amount of Back Porch
0
1
2
3
4

13
14
15

RTN0[3:0]
0
1
2
3
4

D
E
F

Description

Amount of Front Porch
0
1
2
3
4

13
14
15

No. of clock in one line
16
17
18
19
20

29
30
31

Restriction

-If this register not using the register need be reserved.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status
Default

Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Default Value
BP0
14d
14d
14d

FP0
2d
2d
2d

73

RTN0
0d
0d
0d

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
-------------

Legend

FRMCTR1 (B1h)

Command

Parameter
Display
Flow Chart

st

1 Parameter:
nd
2 Parameter:
3rd Parameter:
th
N Parameter:

Action
Mode
Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

74

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.3.

FRMCTR2 (B2h): Frame Rate Control (In Idle mode/ 8-colors)
B2H

FRMCTR2 (Frame Rate Control)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

FRMCTR2

0



1

-

1

0

1

1

0

0

1

0

(B2h)

st

1



1

-

0

0

0

0

FP1[3]

FP1[2]

FP1[1]

FP1[0]

-

nd

1



1

-

0

0

0

0

1



1

-

0

0

0

0

BP1[2]
RTN1
[2]

BP1[1]
RTN1
[1]

BP1[0]
RTN1
[0]

-

rd

BP1[3]
RTN1
[3]

1 Parameter
2 Parameter
3 Paramete

-

NOTE: “-“ Don’t care

-Set the frame frequency of the Idle mode in MPU interface.
-The default vaule of BP1, FP1, and RTN1 can fit the frame frequency to be 70Hz ±5%.
FP1[3:0]
0
1
2
3
4

D
E
F
BP1[3:0]
0
1
2
3
4

D
E
F

Amount of Back Porch
0
1
2
3
4

13
14
15

RTN1[3:0]
0
1
2
3
4

D
E
F

Description

Amount of Front Porch
0
1
2
3
4

13
14
15

No. of clock in one line
16
17
18
19
20

29
30
31

Restriction

-If this register not using the register need be reserved.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status
Default

Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Default Value
BP1
14d
14d
14d

FP1
2d
2d
2d

75

RTN1
0d
0d
0d

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
-------------

Legend

FRMCTR2 (B2h)

Command

Parameter
Display
Flow Chart

st

1 Parameter:
nd
2 Parameter:
3rd Parameter:
th
N Parameter:

Action
Mode
Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

76

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.4.

FRMCTR3 (B3h): Frame Rate Control (In Partial mode/ full colors)
B3H

FRMCTR3 (Frame Rate Control)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

FRMCTR3

0



1

-

1

0

1

1

0

0

1

1

(B3h)

st

1



1

-

0

0

0

0

FP2[3]

FP2[2]

FP2[1]

FP2[0]

-

nd

1



1

-

0

0

0

0

1



1

-

0

0

0

0

BP2[2]
RTN2
[2]

BP2[1]
RTN2
[1]

BP2[0]
RTN2
[0]

-

rd

BP2[3]
RTN2
[3]

1 Parameter
2 Parameter
3 Parameter

-

NOTE: “-“ Don’t care

-Set the frame frequency of the Partial mode/ full colors in MPU interface.
-The default vaule of BP2, FP2, and RTN2 can fit the frame frequency to be 70Hz ±5% with frame inversion
and

65Hz ±5% with line inversion in this mode
FP2[3:0]
0
1
2
3
4

D
E
F
BP2[3:0]
0
1
2
3
4

D
E
F

Amount of Back Porch
0
1
2
3
4

13
14
15

RTN2[3:0]
0
1
2
3
4

D
E
F

Description

Amount of Front Porch
0
1
2
3
4

13
14
15

No. of clock in one line
16
17
18
19
20

29
30
31

Restriction

-If this register not using the register need be reserved.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status
Default

Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Default Value
BP2
14d
14d
14d

FP2
2d
2d
2d

77

RTN2
0d
0d
0d

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
-------------

Legend

FRMCTR3 (B3h)

Command

Parameter
Display
Flow Chart

st

1 Parameter:
nd
2 Parameter:
3rd Parameter:
th
N Parameter:

Action
Mode
Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

78

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.5.

INVCTR (B4h): Display Inversion Control
B4H

INVCTR (Display Inversion Control)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

INVCTR

0



1

-

1

0

1

1

0

1

0

0

(B4h)

1 Parameter
1
0
1

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

0

0

0

0

NLA

NLB

NLC

st

-Display Inversion mode control
-NLA: Inversion setting in full colors normal mode (Normal mode on)
NLA
Inversion setting in full colours normal mode
0
Line Inversion
1
Frame Inversion

Description

-NLB: Inversion setting in Idle mode (Idle mode on)
NLB
Inversion setting in Idle mode
0
Line Inversion
1
Frame Inversion
-NLC: Inversion setting in full colors partial mode (Partial mode on / Idle mode off)
NLC
Inversion setting in full colours partial mode
0
Line Inversion
1
Frame Inversion

Restriction

-If this register not using the register need be reserved.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status
Default

Default Value
NLA
0d
0d
0d

Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

NLB
1d
1d
1d

NLC
0d
0d
0d

B4h
02h
02h
02h

-------------

Legend

INVCTR (B4h)

Command

Parameter
Display
Flow Chart

Action

st

1 Parameter:

NLA, NLB, NLC

Mode
Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

79

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.6.

RGBBPCTR (B5h): RGB Interface Blanking Porch setting
B5H

RGBPSET (RGB Interface Blanking Porch setting)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

RGBBPCTR

0



1

-

1

0

1

1

0

1

0

1

(B5h)

1



1

-

st

1 Parameter
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care

VBP[3] VBP[2] VBP[1] VBP[0]

-

-Set the blanking porch in the RGB interface

Description

VBP[3:0]
0
1
2
3
4

D
E
F

Amount of Back Porch in RGB interface
0
1
2
3
4

13
14
15

Restriction

-If this register not using the register need be reserved.

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status
Default

Default Value
VBP
3d
3d
3d

Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

----------------

Legend

RGBBPCTR (B5h)

Command

Parameter
Display
Flow Chart

Action

st

1 Parameter:
nd
2 Parameter:
rd
3 Parameter:
th
N Parameter:

Mode
Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

80

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.7.

DISSET5 (B6h): Display Function set 5
B6H

DISSET (Display Function set 5)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

DISSET5

0



1

-

1

0

1

1

0

1

1

0

(B6h)

1
1




1
1

-

0
0

0
0

NO1
0

NO0
0

SDT1
PTG1

STD0
PTG0

EQ1
PT1

EQ0
PT0

st

1 Parameter
nd
2 Parameter
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
st

-1 parameter: Set output waveform relation.
-NO[1:0]: Set the amount of non-overlap of the gate output
NO[1:0]
Amount of non-overlap of the gate output
Refer the Internal oscillator
Refer the PCLK
00
0
1 clock cycle
4 clock cycle
01
1
4 clock cycle
16 clock cycle
10
2
6 clock cycle
24 clock cycle
11
3
8 clock cycle
32 clock cycle
-SDT[1:0]: Set delay amount from gate signal falling edge of the source output.
SDT[1:0]
Amount of non-overlap of the source output
Refer the Internal oscillator
Refer the PCLK
00
0
1 clock cycle
4 clock cycle
01
1
2 clock cycle
8 clock cycle
10
2
3 clock cycle
12 clock cycle
11
3
4 clock cycle
16 clock cycle
-EQ[1:0]: Set the Equalizing period
EQ[1:0]
EQ period
Refer the Internal oscillator
00
0
No EQ
01
1
2 clock cycle
10
2
4 clock cycle
11
3
6 clock cycle
Gn

Description

Refer the PCLK
No EQ
4 clock cycle
16 clock cycle
24 clock cycle

Gate Non-overlap period

Gn+1
Sn
VCOM
Delay time for source output EQ period
nd

-2 parameter: Set the output waveform in non-display area.
-PTG[1:0]: Determine gate output in a non-display area in the partial mode
PTG[1:0]
Gate output in a non-display area
00
0
Normal scan
01
1
Fix on VGL
10
2
Fix on VGL
11
3
Fix on VGL
-PT[1:0]: Determine Source /VCOM output in a non-display area in the partial mode
Source output on non-display
VCOM output on non-display
PT[1:0]
area
area
Positive
Negative
Positive
Negative
00
0
V63
V0
VCOML
VCOMH
01
1
V0
V63
VCOML
VCOMH
10
2
AGND
AGND
AGND
AGND
11
3
Hi-z
Hi-z
AGND
AGND
Restriction

-If this register not using the register need be reserved.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

81

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status
Default

NO[1:0]
1d
1d
1d

Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

STD[1:0]
1d
1d
1d

Default Value
EQ[1:0]
2d
2d
2d

PTG[1:0]
0d
0d
0d

PT[1:0]
2d
2d
2d

------------------

Legend

DISSET5 (B6h)

Command

Parameter
Display
Flow Chart

st

1 Parameter:
NO[1:0], STD[1:0], EQ[1:0]
nd
2 Parameter:
PTG[1:0], PT[1:0]

Action
Mode
Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

82

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.8.

PWCTR1 (C0h): Power Control 1
C0H

PWCTR1 (Power Control 1)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

PWCTR1

0



1

-

1

1

0

0

0

0

0

0

(C0h)

1



1

-

0

0

0

VRH4

VRH3

VRH2

VRH1

VRH0

2 Parameter
1
0
1

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

0

0

0

0

VCI2

VCI1

VCI0

st

1 Parameter
nd

-Set the GVDD and VCI1 voltage

Description

VRH[4:0]
00000
0
00001
1
00010
2
00011
3
00100
4
00101
5
00110
6
00111
7
01000
8
01001
9
01010
10
01011
11
01100
12
01101
13
01110
14
01111
15
10000
16
10001
17
10010
18
10011
19
10100
20
10101
21
10110
22
10111
23
11000
24
11001
25
11010
26
11011
27
11100
28
11101
29
11110
30
11111
31

GVDD
5.00
4.75
4.70
4.65
4.60
4.55
4.50
4.45
4.40
4.35
4.30
4.25
4.20
4.15
4.10
4.05
4.00
3.95
3.90
3.85
3.80
3.75
3.70
3.65
3.60
3.55
3.50
3.45
3.40
3.35
3.25
3.00

VC[2:0]
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
000

VCI1
2.75
2.70
2.65
2.60
2.55
2.50
x
x

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

-If this register not using the register need be reserved.
Restriction

-The deviation value of GVDD between with Measurement and Specification: Max & lt; =50mV
-The deviation value of VCI1 between with Measurement and Specification: Max & lt; =1% deviation

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

83

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Status

Default Value
LCM = ‘0’
LCM = ‘1’
TR LC Type
TM LC type
VRH[4:0]
VC[2:0]
VRH[4:0]
VC[2:0]
16d
5d
5d
5d
16d
5d
5d
5d
16d
5d
5d
5d

Default
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

--------------

Legend

PWCTR1 (C0h)

Command

Parameter
Display
Flow Chart

1st Parameter:
VRH[4:0]
nd

2

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Action
Mode

Parameter:
VCI[2:0]

Sequential
transfer

84

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.9.

PWCTR2 (C1h): Power Control 2
C1H

PWCTR2 (Power Control 2)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

PWCTR2

0



1

-

1

1

0

0

0

0

0

1

(C1h)

1 Parameter
1
0
1

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

0

0

0

0

BT2

BT1

BT0

st

-Set the AVDD, VCL, VGH and VGL supply power level
BT[2:0]
000
0
001
1

VCL
-1xVDDIO
-2.45
-1xVDDIO
-2.45

VGH
4*VDDIO
9.80
4*VDDIO
9.80

VGL
-3*VDDIO
-7.35
-4*VDDIO
-9.80

010
011
100

2
3
4

2xVDDIO
2xVDDIO
2xVDDIO

4.75
4.75
4.75

-1xVDDIO
-1xVDDIO
-1xVDDIO

-2.45
-2.45
-2.45

5*VDDIO
5*VDDIO
5*VDDIO

12.25
12.25
12.25

-3*VDDIO
-4*VDDIO
-5*VDDIO

-7.35
-9.80
-12.25

101
110
111

Description

AVDD
2xVDDIO
4.75
2xVDDIO
4.75

5
6
7

2xVDDIO
2xVDDIO
2xVDDIO

4.75
4.75
4.75

-1xVDDIO
-1xVDDIO
-1xVDDIO

-2.45
-2.45
-2.45

6*VDDIO
6*VDDIO
6*VDDIO

14.70
14.70
14.70

-3*VDDIO
-4*VDDIO
-5*VDDIO

-7.35
-9.80
-12.25

Note: When VCI1=2.5V, Set-up cycle 1 effective=95%, Set-up cycle 2 effective=98%,

-If this register not using the register need be reserved.
Restriction

-The deviation value of VGH/ VGL between with Measurement and Specification: Max: VGH-VGL & lt; =1V
-VGH-VGL & lt; = 25V

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status
Default

Default Value
BT[2:0]
7d
7d
7d

Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

---------------

Legend

PWCTR2 (C1h)

Command

Parameter

Flow Chart

Display

1st Parameter:
BT[2:0]

Action

nd

2 Parameter:
VGH[2:0], VGL[2:0]

Mode
Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

85

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.10. PWCTR3 (C2h): Power Control 3 (in Normal mode/ Full colors)
C2H

PWCTR3 (Power Control 3)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

PWCTR3

0



1

-

1

1

0

0

0

0

1

0

(C2h)

1
1




1
1

-

0
0

0
0

0
0

0
0

0
0

APA2
DCA2

APA1
DCA1

APA0
DCA0

st

1 Parameter
nd
2 Parameter
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care

-Set the amount of current in Operational amplifier in normal mode/full colors.
-Adjust the amount of fixed current from the fixed current source in the operational amplifier for the source driver.
APA[2:0]
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
Description

Amount of Current in Operational Amplifier
Operation of the operational amplifier stops
Small
Medium Low
Medium
Medium High
Large
Reserved
Reserved

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

-Set the Booster circuit Step-up cycle in Normal mode/ full colors.
DCA[2:0]
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Step-up cycle in Booster circuit 1
BCLK / 1
BCLK / 1
BCLK / 1
BCLK / 2
BCLK / 2
BCLK / 4
BCLK / 4
BCLK / 4

Step-up cycle in Booster circuit 2,3
BCLK / 1
BCLK / 2
BCLK / 4
BCLK / 2
BCLK / 4
BCLK / 4
BCLK / 8
BCLK / 16

Note: BCLK is Clock frequency for Booster circuit
Restriction

Register
Availability

-If some parameter of the register not use the register need to be reserved.
Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status
Default

Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Default Value
AP[2:0]
4d
4d
4d

86

DC[2:0]
1d
1d
1d

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
---------------

Legend

PWCTR3 (C2h)

Command

Parameter
Display
Flow Chart

st

1 Parameter:
APA[2:0]

Action
Mode

nd

2

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Parameter:
DCA[2:0]

Sequential
transfer

87

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.11. PWCTR4 (C3h): Power Control 4 (in Idle mode/ 8-colors)
C3H

PWCTR4 (Power Control 4)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

PWCTR4

0



1

-

1

1

0

0

0

0

1

1

(C3h)

1
1




1
1

-

0
0

0
0

0
0

0
0

0
0

APB2
DCB2

APB1
DCB1

APB0
DCB0

st

1 Parameter
nd
2 Parameter
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care

-Set the amount of current in Operational amplifier in Idle mode/ 8-colors.
-Adjust the amount of fixed current from the fixed current source in the operational amplifier for the source driver.
APB[2:0]
000
001
010
011

0
1
2
3

100

4

101
110
111

Amount of Current in Operational Amplifier
Operation of the operational amplifier stops
Small
Medium Low
Medium

5
6
7

Medium High

Description

Large
Reserved
Reserved

-Set the Booster circuit Step-up cycle in Idle mode/ 8-colors.
DCB[2:0]
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Step-up cycle in Booster circuit 1
BCLK / 1
BCLK / 1
BCLK / 1
BCLK / 2
BCLK / 2
BCLK / 4
BCLK / 4
BCLK / 4

Step-up cycle in Booster circuit 2,3
BCLK / 1
BCLK / 2
BCLK / 4
BCLK / 2
BCLK / 4
BCLK / 4
BCLK / 8
BCLK / 16

Note: BCLK is Clock frequency for Booster circuit
Restriction

Register
Availability

-If some parameters of the register not use the register need to be reserved.
Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status
Default

Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Default Value
AP[2:0]
2d
2d
2d

88

DC[2:0]
4d
4d
4d

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
---------------

Legend

PWCTR4 (C3h)

Command

Parameter
Display
Flow Chart

st

1 Parameter:
APB[2:0]

Action
Mode

nd

2

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Parameter:
DCB[2:0]

Sequential
transfer

89

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.12. PWCTR5 (C4h): Power Control 5 (in Partial mode/ full-colors)
C4H

PWCTR5 (Power Control 5)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

PWCTR5

0



1

-

1

1

0

0

0

1

0

0

(C4h)

1
1




1
1

-

0
0

0
0

0
0

0
0

0
0

APC2
DCC2

APC1
DCC1

APC0
DCC0

st

1 Parameter
nd
2 Parameter
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care

-Set the amount of current in Operational amplifier in Partial mode/ full-colors.
-Adjust the amount of fixed current from the fixed current source in the operational amplifier for the source driver.
APC[2:0]
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
Description

Amount of Current in Operational Amplifier
Operation of the operational amplifier stops
Small
Medium Low
Medium
Medium High
Large
Reserved
Reserved

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

-Set the Booster circuit Step-up cycle in Partial mode/ full-colors.
DCC[2:0]
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Step-up cycle in Booster circuit 1
BCLK / 1
BCLK / 1
BCLK / 1
BCLK / 2
BCLK / 2
BCLK / 4
BCLK / 4
BCLK / 4

Step-up cycle in Booster circuit 2,3
BCLK / 1
BCLK / 2
BCLK / 4
BCLK / 2
BCLK / 4
BCLK / 4
BCLK / 8
BCLK / 16

Note: BCLK is Clock frequency for Booster circuit
Restriction

Register
Availability

-If some parameters of the register not use the register need to be reserved.
Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status
Default

Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Default Value
APC[2:0]
3d
3d
3d

90

DCC[2:0]
2d
2d
2d

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
---------------

Legend

PWCTR5 (C4h)

Command

Parameter
Display
Flow Chart

st

1 Parameter:
APC[2:0]

Action
Mode

nd

2

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Parameter:
DCC[2:0]

Sequential
transfer

91

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.13. VMCTR1 (C5h): VCOM Control 1
C5H

VMCTR1 (VCOM Control 1)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

VMCTR1

0



1

-

1

1

0

0

0

1

0

1

(C5h)

VMH6

VMH5

st

1 Parameter
1
nVM *
1

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

VMH 4 VMH 3 VMH 2 VMH 1 VMH 0

-Set VCOMH Voltage

Description

VMH[6:0]
0000000
0
0000001
1
0000010
2
0000011
3
0000100
4
0000101
5
0000110
6
0000111
7
0001000
8
0001001
9
0001010
10
0001011
11
0001100
12
0001101
13
0001110
14
0001111
15
0010000
16
0010001
17
0010010
18
0010011
19
0010100
20
0010101
21
0010110
22
0010111
23
0011000
24
0011001
25
0011010
26

VCOMH
2.500
2.525
2.550
2.575
2.600
2.625
2.650
2.675
2.700
2.725
2.750
2.775
2.800
2.825
2.850
2.875
2.900
2.925
2.950
2.975
3.000
3.025
3.050
3.075
3.100
3.125
3.150

VMH[6:0]
0011011
27
0011100
28
0011101
29
0011110
30
0011111
31
0100000
32
0100001
33
0100010
34
0100011
35
0100100
36
0100101
37
0100110
38
0100111
39
0101000
40
0101001
41
0101010
42
0101011
43
0101100
44
0101101
45
0101110
46
0101111
47
0110000
48
0110001
49
0110010
50
0110011
51
0110100
52
0110101
53

VCOMH
3.175
3.200
3.225
3.250
3.275
3.300
3.325
3.350
3.375
3.400
3.425
3.450
3.475
3.500
3.525
3.550
3.575
3.600
3.625
3.650
3.675
3.700
3.725
3.750
3.775
3.800
3.825

VMH[6:0]
0110110
54
0110111
55
0111000
56
0111001
57
0111010
58
0111011
59
0111100
60
0111101
61
0111110
62
0111111
63
1000000
64
1000001
65
1000010
66
1000011
67
1000100
68
1000101
69
1000110
70
1000111
71
1001000
72
1001001
73
1001010
74
1001011
75
1001100
76
1001101
77
1001110
78
1001111
79
1010000
80

VCOMH
3.850
3.875
3.900
3.925
3.950
3.975
4.000
4.025
4.050
4.075
4.100
4.125
4.150
4.175
4.200
4.225
4.250
4.275
4.300
4.325
4.350
4.375
4.400
4.425
4.450
4.475
4.500

VMH[6:0]
VCOMH
1010001 81
4.525
1010010 82
4.550
1010011 83
4.575
1010100 84
4.600
1010101 85
4.625
1010110 86
4.650
1010111
87
4.675
1011000 88
4.700
1011001 89
4.725
1011010 90
4.750
1011011
91
4.775
1011100
92
4.800
1011101
93
4.825
1011110
94
4.850
1011111
95
4.875
1100000 96
4.900
1100001 97
4.925
1100010 98
4.950
1100011
99
4.975
1100100 100
5.000
1100101 101
Not
|
Permitted
1111111 127

-Select the VCOMH value
nVM *

VCOMH value

0

VCOMH value is from NV memory

1

VCOMH value is from the VCOMH[6:0] setting
st

-The nVM need be used in 1 parameter of VMCTR1 (C5h)
- When nVM=0, the value of VMH[6:0] is from NV memory. So it must program the NV memory first.
- When nVM=1, the vaule of VMH[6:0] is from $C5 register. It can fine-tune the display performance to the best quality
by setting this register, and program this optium value to NV memory.
-If this register not using the register need be reserved.
Restriction

-The deviation value of VCOMH between with Measurement and Specification: Max & lt; =25mV
-The deviation value of VCOMAC between with Measurement and Specification: Max & lt; =50mV

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

92

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Status
nVM
Default
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

0d
0d
0d

Default Value
LCM = ‘0’
TR LC Type
VMH[6:0] / VML[6:0]
40d / 68d
40d / 68d
40d / 68d

LCM = ‘1’
TM LC type
VMH[6:0] / VML[6:0]
26d / 24d
26d / 24d
26d / 24d

---------------

Legend

VMCTR1 (C5h)

Command

Parameter
Display
Flow Chart

1st Parameter: VMH[6:0]
nd
2 Parameter: VML[6:0]

Action
Mode
Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

93

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.14. VMCTR2 (C6h): VCOM Control 2
C6H

VMCTR2 (VCOM Control 2)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

VMCTR2

0



1

-

1

1

0

0

0

1

1 Parameter
1
0
1

NOTE: “-” Don’t care, can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

0

VMA5

VMA4

VMA3

VMA2

st

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

1

0

(C6h)

VMA1

VMA0

-Set VCOMAC Voltage

Description

Restriction

Register
Availability

VMA[5:0]
000000
000001
000010
000011
000100
000101
000110
000111
001000
001001
001010
001011
001100
001101
001110
001111

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

VCOMAC
4.000
4.050
4.100
4.150
4.200
4.250
4.300
4.350
4.400
4.450
4.500
4.550
4.600
4.650
4.700
4.750

VMA[5:0]
010000
010001
010010
010011
010100
010101
010110
010111
011000
011001
011010
011011
011100
011101
011110
011111

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

VCOMAC
4.800
4.850
4.900
4.950
5.000
5.050
5.100
5.150
5.200
5.250
5.300
5.350
5.400
5.450
5.500
5.550

VMA[5:0]
100000
100001
100010
100011
100100
100101
100110
100111
101000
101001
111111

32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
|
63

VCOMAC
5.600
5.650
5.700
5.750
5.800
5.850
5.900
5.950
6.000
Not
Permitted

-If this register not use the register need be reserved.
-The deviation value of VCOMAC between with Measurement and Specification: Max & lt; =50mV
Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status

Default
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Default Value
LCM = ‘0’
TR LC Type
VMA[5:0]
6d
6d
6d

94

LCM = ‘1’
TM LC type
VMA[5:0]
21d
21d
21d

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
---------------

Legend

VMCTR2 (C6h)

Command

Parameter
Display
Flow Chart

Action
st

1 Parameter: VMA[5:0]

Mode
Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

95

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.15. RDVMH (C8h): Read the VCOMH Value NV memory
C8H

RDVMH (Read the VCOMH Value NV memory)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDVMOF

0
0
1

st

1 Parameter
nd
2 Parameter
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)



1

-

1

1

0

0

1

0

0

0

(C8h)

1
1




-

nVM

RVMH6 RVMH5 RVMH4 RVMH3 RVMH2 RVMH1 RVMH0

-

-Read the VCOMH value from NV memory
st

-The 1 parameter is dummy data.
Description

-The 2 parameter is RVMH[6:0] value from NV memory or default value.

Restriction

-If this register not use the register need be reserved.

nd

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value-

Legend

Serial I/F Mode

Parallel I/F Mode

Command

RDVMOF (C8h)

RDVMOF (C8h)

Parameter

Flow Chart

Host
Driver
RVMH[6:0]

Dummy Read

Display

Action
Mode

RVMH[6:0]

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

96

Sequential
transfer

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.16. WRID1 (D0h): Write ID1 Value
WRID2 (Write ID2 Value)

D0H
Inst / Para

D/CX

RDX

D17-8

D7

0

WRID1
st

1 Parameter
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care

WRX

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2



1

-

1

1

0

1

0

0

1



1

-

1

ID16

ID15

ID14

ID13

ID12

D1

D0

(Code)

0

0

(D0h)

ID11

ID10

-

-Write 7-bits data of LCD panel maker ID code to save it to NV memory.
Description

st

-The 1 parameter ID1[6:0] is LCD panel maker ID code.

Restriction

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
Not Fixed
Not Fixed
Not Fixed

---------------

Legend

WRID1 (D0h)

Command

Parameter
Display
Flow Chart

Action

st
1 Parameter: ID1[6:0]

Mode
Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

97

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.17. WRID2 (D1h): Write ID2 Value
WRID2 (Write ID2 Value)

D1H
Inst / Para

D/CX

RDX

D17-8

D7

0

WRID2
st

1 Parameter
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care

WRX

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2



1

-

1

1

0

1

0

0

1



1

-

1

ID26

ID25

ID24

ID23

ID22

D1

D0

(Code)

0

1

(D1h)

ID21

ID20

-

-Write 7-bits data of LCD module version to save it to NV memory.
Description

st

-The 1 parameter ID2[6:0] is LCD Module version ID.

Restriction

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
Not Fixed
Not Fixed
Not Fixed

---------------

Legend

WRID2 (D1h)

Command

Parameter
Display
Flow Chart

Action

st
1 Parameter: ID2[6:0]

Mode
Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

98

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.18. WRID3 (D2h): Write ID3 Value
WRID3 (Write ID3 Value)

D2H
Inst / Para

D/CX

RDX

D17-8

0

WRID3
st

1 Parameter
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care

WRX

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2



1

-

1

1

0

1

0

0

1



1

-

ID37

ID36

ID35

ID34

ID33

ID32

D1

D0

(Code)

1

0

(D2h)

ID31

ID30

-Write 8-bits data of project code module to save it to NV memory.
st

-The 1 parameter ID3[7:0] is product project ID.
Description

Restriction

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
00h
00h
00h

---------------

Legend

WRID3 (D2h)

Command

Parameter
Display
Flow Chart

Action

st
1 Parameter: ID3[7:0]

Mode
Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

99

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.19. RDID4 (D3h): Read the ID4 value
RDID4 (Read the ID4 value)

D3H
Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)
(D3h)

RDID4

0



1

-

1

1

0

1

0

0

1

1

1 Parameter

st

1

1



-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

nd

1

1



-

ID417

ID416

ID415

ID414

ID413

ID412

ID411

ID410

-

rd

1
1
1

1
1
1





-

ID427
ID437
ID447

ID426
ID436
ID446

ID425
ID435
ID445

ID424
ID434
ID444

ID423
ID433
ID443

ID422
ID432
ID442

ID421
ID431
ID441

ID420
ID430
ID440

-

2 Parameter
3 Parameter
th
4 Parameter
th
5 Parameter
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care

-Read the Driver IC information from mask value.
st

-The 1 parameter is dummy data.
nd

Description

-The 2 parameter ID41[7:0] is Driver IC ID code.
-ID41[7:0] is 06H.
rd

-The 3 parameter ID42[7:0] is Driver IC Part number ID. It is 14H.
th

th

-The 4 & 5 parameter ID43[7:0] & ID44[7:0] are Driver IC version ID.

Restriction

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Status
Default

Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default ValueID42[7:0]
ID43[7:0]
14H
00H
14H
00H
14H
00H

ID41[7:0]
06H
06H
06H

Serial I/F Mode

Partial I/F Mode

RDID4 (D3h)

RDID4 (D3h)

Legend
Command

Host
Driver
Dummy Clock
Flow Chart

Dummy Read

Send ID41[7:0]

Send ID41[7:0]

ID44[7:0]
01H
01H
01H

Parameter
Display

Action
Mode

Send ID42[7:0]

Send ID43[7:0]

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Send ID42[7:0]

Send ID43[7:0]

100

Sequential
transfer

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.20. NVFCTR1 (D9h): NV Memory Function Controller 1
NVFCTR1 (NV Memory Function Controller 1)

D9H
Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

NVFCTR1

0



1

-

st

1 Parameter

1



1

-

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

1

1

0

1

1

0

0

1

(D9h)

WVMH WVMH WVMH WVMH WVMH WVMH WVMH WVMH
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

-

NOTE: “-“ Don’t care1

- Write WVMH[6:0] for VCOMH voltage to $D9 when the value is considered as the optimum for display quality.
- The endurence for SPFD54124B NV memory is 4 times for ID1 ,ID2, ID3, and VCOMH.
START

EXTC=VDDI -- & gt;
Accessing Command2 enable

EXTC=VDDI

SLPOUT($11)

RAMWR($2C)

VMCTR1($C5)
= 8'b1xxx_xxxx

Check the display quality

DISPON($29)

Optimum Display??

No

The Optimum value for
VCOMH = 7'bnnn_nnnn

Yes
VMCTR1($C5)
= 8'b0xxx_xxxx

Description
Prepare the data that will be
written into OTP cell

WRID1($D0)
WRID2($D1)
WRID3($D2)

NVFCTR3($DF)
8'b1nnn_nnnn

SLPIN($10)

Apply 7.5V at VGH pad
OTP programming procedure

NVFCTR1 ($D9)
Wait more than 1.5sec
NVFCTR2 ($DE)

Remove external power
from Reserved pad

SLPOUT($11)

Verify the progamming
procedure by read back the data
through $C8

RDVMH($C8)

END

Restriction

The endurence of ID1, ID2, ID3, and WVMH is 4 times.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

101

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
Not Fixed
Not Fixed
Not Fixed

---------------

Legend

NVFCTR1 (D9h)

Command

Parameter
Display
Flow Chart

Action

st
1 Parameter:

Mode
Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

102

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.21. NVFCTR2 (DEh): NV Memory Function Controller 2
NVFCTR2 (NV Memory Function Controller 2)

DEH
Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

NVFCTR2

0



1

st

1



1

1 Parameter
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care

Description

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

-

1

1

0

1

1

1

1

0

(DEh)

-

1

-

- Please refer to $D9 for details.

Restriction

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
Not Fixed
Not Fixed
Not Fixed

---------------

Legend

NVFCTR1 (DEh)

Command

Parameter
Display
Flow Chart

Action

st
1 Parameter:

Mode
Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

103

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.22. NVFCTR3 (DFh): NV Memory Function Controller 3
NVFCTR3 (NV Memory Function Controller 3)

DEH
Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

NVFCTR3

0



1

st

1



1

1 Parameter
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care

Description

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

(Code)

-

1

1

0

1

1

1

1

1

(DFh)

-

1

-

- Please refer to $D9 for details.

Restriction

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Default

Status
Power On Sequence
S/W Reset
H/W Reset

Default Value
Not Fixed
Not Fixed
Not Fixed

---------------

Legend

NVFCTR3 (DFh)

Command

Parameter
Display
Flow Chart

Action

st
1 Parameter:

Mode
Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

104

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.23. GMCTRP1 (E0h): Gamma Correction Characteristics Setting
E0H

GMCTRP1 (Gamma ‘+’polarity Correction Characteristics Setting)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

GMCTRP1

0



1

-

1

1

D4

1

0

0

PVR1
V0[1]
PVR1
V1[1]
PVR1
V2[1]
PVR1
V61[1]
PVR1
V62[1]
PVR1
V63[1]
PVR2
V13[1]
PVR2
V50[1]
PVR3
V4[1]
PVR3
V8[1]
PVR3
V20[1]
PVR3
V27[1]
PVR3
V36[1]
PVR3
V43[1]
PVR3
V55[1]
PVR3
V59[1]

PVR1
V0[0]
PVR1
V1[0]
PVR1
V2[0]
PVR1
V61[0]
PVR1
V62[0]
PVR1
V63[0]
PVR2
V13[0]
PVR2
V50[0]
PVR3
V4[0]
PVR3
V8[0]
PVR3
V20[0]
PVR3
V27[0]
PVR3
V36[0]
PVR3
V43[0]
PVR3
V55[0]
PVR3
V59[0]

-

-

nd

1



1

-

-

-

rd

1



1

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

6 Parameter
7 Parameter
8 Parameter
9 Parameter
10 Parameter
11 Parameter
12 Parameter
13 Parameter
14 Parameter
15 Parameter
16 Parameter

(E0h)

0
PVR1
V0[2]
PVR1
V1[2]
PVR1
V2[2]
PVR1
V61[2]
PVR1
V62[2]
PVR1
V63[2]
PVR2
V13[2]
PVR2
V50[2]
PVR3
V4[2]
PVR3
V8[2]
PVR3
V20[2]
PVR3
V27[2]
PVR3
V36[2]
PVR3
V43[2]
PVR3
V55[2]
PVR3
V59[2]

-

5 Parameter

(Code)

0

1

4 Parameter

D0

PVR1
V0[3]
PVR1
V1[3]
PVR1
V2[3]
PVR1
V61[3]
PVR1
V62[3]
PVR1
V63[3]
PVR2
V13[3]
PVR2
V50[3]
PVR3
V4[3]
PVR3
V8[3]
PVR3
V20[3]
PVR3
V27[3]
PVR3
V36[3]
PVR3
V43[3]
PVR3
V55[3]
PVR3
V59[3]



3 Parameter

D1

0

1

2 Parameter

D2

PVR1
V0[4]
PVR1
V1[4]
PVR1
V2[4]
PVR1
V61[4]
PVR1
V62[4]
PVR1
V63[4]
PVR2
V13[4]
PVR2
V50[4]

st

1 Parameter

D3

PVR1
V1[5]
PVR1
V2[5]
PVR1
V61[5]
PVR1
V62[5]

NOTE: “-“ Don’t care

-The default vaule for gamma register is for MVA LC type, GAMMA curve 2.2.
-The gamma volatge

Gamma2.2_POS

5.000

Gamma2.2_POS

4.000
Description

3.000
2.000
1.000
0.000
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Restriction

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

105

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Default

VR1_V0_[4:0]
VR1_V1_[5:0]
VR1_V2_[5:0]
VR1_V61_[5:0]
VR1_V62_[5:0]
VR1_V63_[4:0]
VR2_V13_[4:0]
VR2_V50_[4:0]
VR3_V4_[3:0]
VR3_V8_[3:0]
VR3_V20_[3:0]
VR3_V27_[3:0]
VR3_V36_[3:0]
VR3_V43_[3:0]
VR3_V55_[3:0]
VR3_V59_[3:0]

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Gamma 1.0 POS
0
5
9
63
63
7
14
7
5
6
13
8
4
4
5
11

Gamma 1.8 POS
0
8
12
60
58
7
23
0
5
3
12
15
0
3
4
10

---------------

Gamma 2.2 POS
0
9
14
58
50
7
24
0
6
4
14
15
0
2
6
12

Gamma 2.5 POS
0
0
15
53
28
7
23
5
6
4
14
14
0
2
6
13

Legend

GMCTRP1 (E0h)

Command

Parameter

Flow Chart

Display

st
1 Parameter:
….
th
16 Parameter:

Action
Mode
Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

106

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
6.3.24. GMCTRP1 (E1h): Gamma Correction Characteristics Setting
E1H

GMCTRN1 (Gamma ‘-’polarity Correction Characteristics Setting)

Inst / Para

D/CX

WRX

RDX

D17-8

D7

D6

D5

GMCTRN1

0



1

-

1

1

D4

1

0

1

NVR1
V0[1]
NVR1
V1[1]
NVR1
V2[1]
NVR1
V61[1]
NVR1
V62[1]
NVR1
V63[1]
NVR2
V13[1]
NVR2
V50[1]
NVR3
V4[1]
NVR3
V8[1]
NVR3
V20[1]
NVR3
V27[1]
NVR3
V36[1]
NVR3
V43[1]
NVR3
V55[1]
NVR3
V59[1]

NVR1
V0[0]
NVR1
V1[0]
NVR1
V2[0]
NVR1
V61[0]
NVR1
V62[0]
NVR1
V63[0]
NVR2
V13[0]
NVR2
V50[0]
NVR3
V4[0]
NVR3
V8[0]
NVR3
V20[0]
NVR3
V27[0]
NVR3
V36[0]
NVR3
V43[0]
NVR3
V55[0]
NVR3
V59[0]

-

-

nd

1



1

-

-

-

rd

1



1

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

th

1



1

-

-

-

-

-

6 Parameter
7 Parameter
8 Parameter
9 Parameter
10 Parameter
11 Parameter
12 Parameter
13 Parameter
14 Parameter
15 Parameter
16 Parameter

(E1h)

0
NVR1
V0[2]
NVR1
V1[2]
NVR1
V2[2]
NVR1
V61[2]
NVR1
V62[2]
NVR1
V63[2]
NVR2
V13[2]
NVR2
V50[2]
NVR3
V4[2]
NVR3
V8[2]
NVR3
V20[2]
NVR3
V27[2]
NVR3
V36[2]
NVR3
V43[2]
NVR3
V55[2]
NVR3
V59[2]

-

5 Parameter

(Code)

0

1

4 Parameter

D0

NVR1
V0[3]
NVR1
V1[3]
NVR1
V2[3]
NVR1
V61[3]
NVR1
V62[3]
NVR1
V63[3]
NVR2
V13[3]
NVR2
V50[3]
NVR3
V4[3]
NVR3
V8[3]
NVR3
V20[3]
NVR3
V27[3]
NVR3
V36[3]
NVR3
V43[3]
NVR3
V55[3]
NVR3
V59[3]



3 Parameter

D1

0

1

2 Parameter

D2

NVR1
V0[4]
NVR1
V1[4]
NVR1
V2[4]
NVR1
V61[4]
NVR1
V62[4]
NVR1
V63[4]
NVR2
V13[4]
NVR2
V50[4]

st

1 Parameter

D3

NVR1
V1[5]
NVR1
V2[5]
NVR1
V61[5]
NVR1
V62[5]

NOTE: “-“ Don’t care

-The default vaule for gamma register is for MVA LC type, GAMMA curve 2.2.
-The gamma volatge

Gamma2.2_NEG
5.000

Gamma2.2_NEG

4.000
Description

3.000
2.000
1.000
0.000
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Restriction

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

107

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B

Register
Availability

Status
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
Sleep In

Default

VR1_V0_[4:0]
VR1_V1_[5:0]
VR1_V2_[5:0]
VR1_V61_[5:0]
VR1_V62_[5:0]
VR1_V63_[4:0]
VR2_V13_[4:0]
VR2_V50_[4:0]
VR3_V4_[3:0]
VR3_V8_[3:0]
VR3_V20_[3:0]
VR3_V27_[3:0]
VR3_V36_[3:0]
VR3_V43_[3:0]
VR3_V55_[3:0]
VR3_V59_[3:0]

Availability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Gamma 1.0 NEG
0
56
58
18
14
5
5
18
2
1
5
2
10
10
1
2

Gamma 1.8 NEG
3
49
51
21
16
4
1
22
6
5
6
3
13
12
4
5

---------------

Gamma 2.2 NEG
3
42
49
22
17
4
1
24
6
6
3
0
14
14
4
6

Gamma 2.5 NEG
3
19
44
23
18
4
5
23
14
7
2
0
13
14
5
7

Legend

GMCTRP1 (E1h)

Command

Parameter

Flow Chart

Display

st
1 Parameter:
….
th
16 Parameter:

Action
Mode
Sequential
transfer

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

108

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7. FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS
7.1. MCU & RGB Interface
The SPFD54124B features System interfaces and RGB interface to satisfy various needs of small or medium size’s LCD panel. Based on
the application requirements, there are two display modes mostly used in the LCD end product.
1. Still picture display mode
2.

Moving picture display mode.

System interface is suitable for still picture display while RGB interface are suitable for moving picture display. Table 7.1 summarizes
different interfaces for various display requirements.
Table 7.1 MCU & RGB Interface Comparisons table
Function
Mode selection 1

Mode selection 2
Motion /Still selection

RCM1, RCM0
" 0x "
8080/ 6800 IF + SPI I/F
MCU Mode
IMx=
IMx= " 00 "
8080/ 6800 IF
SPI I/F
Motion or Still
Still picture
picture

Input data

D[17:0]

D0 = SDA

RCM1, RCM0
" 10 "

" 11 "
RGB I/F + SPI I/F

RGB Mode 1
ICM='0'
ICM='1'
RGB-1 I/F + SPI I/F
Motion or Still
Still picture
picture
SDA H/W pin
D[17:0]
enable
PCLK
D/CX = SCL

CSX
D/CX = SCL
WRX (R/WX),
CSX
VS, HS, DE
CSX
RDX (E)
Refer the
GRAM Write cycle
Refer SCL
Refer PCLK
Refer SCL
WRX cycle
Refer
Refer
Refer
GRAM Read Cycle
Refer PCLK
Internal Oscillator Internal Oscillator
Internal Oscillator
Command setting
D[7:0]
SDA (D0)
SDA
SDA
SMX, SMY, SRGB -When Power On or H/W reset, those function follow H/W pins setting first.
TE
-By command setting
-By command setting
Function
Normal /
-By command setting
-By command setting
Partial mode
Idle Mode
(IDM H/W pin)

RGB Mode 2
ICM='0'
ICM='1'
RGB-2 I/F + SPI I/F
Motion or Still
Still picture
picture
SDA H/W pin
D[17:0]
enable
PCLK
D/CX = SCL

Input signal

Display On/ Off
(SHUT H/W pin)

-By command setting
-Don’t care in this mode, but should be set to VDDIO or DGND

Data inverter setting
(REV H/W pin)
DE H/W pin
RL H/W pin
TB H/W pin
Blanking porch
Colors format

-The data latched by rising edge of
PCLK when DE=’1’
-Don’t care in this mode, but should be -When display data coming the DE
signal should be VDDIO level
set to VDDIO or DGND
-Don’t care in this mode, but should
be set to VDDIO or DGND

VS, HS, DE

CSX

Refer PCLK

Refer SCL

Refer PCLK
SDA

Refer
Internal Oscillator
SDA

-By Command setting
-By Command setting
-By IDM H/W pin
-IDM On/OFF (39h/28h) are disable
-By SHUT H/W pin
-SLPIN(10h), SLPOUT(11h), Display
On/OFF (29h/28h) are disable
-By REV H/W pin
-INVON/OFF (21h/20h) are disable
-When DE='0' area, the data of
GRAM will keep the same status.
-By H/W pin
-No commands conflict

-Don’t care in this mode
-Control by DE signal
-Control by RGBBPCTR (B5h)
-Control by IFPF[2:0] of COLMOD(3A) -Control by VIPF[3:0] of COLMOD(3A)

Note 1: RCM1 and RCM0 are H/W setting pins.
Note 2: In RGB + SPI I/F (RCM= " 1x " ), VS, HS, DE, PCLK and D[17:0] are Hi-Z by Driver and can be stop for Host, when ICM='1'.
Note 3: In RGB + SPI I/F (RCM= " 1x " ), the data deliver via GRAM
Note 4: When Power on Driver IC should be detect SMX, SMY, SRGB H/W setting
Note 5: When Power on Driver IC should be detect RCM1, RCM0 H/W setting and get into the I/F mode.
Note 6: When Power on Driver IC should be detect LCM1, LCM0 H/W setting and get into the setting mode.
Note 7: When Power on Driver IC should be detect GM1, GM0 H/W setting and get into the setting mode.

7.2. MPU Interface

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

109

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.2.1.

Interface Type Selection

The MPU interfaces of SPFD54124B support 8-bit, 9-bit, 16-bit, and 18-bit’s 80- or 68-system Interface and Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI),
which can be set by the P68 and IM2/1/0 pins. The MPU interface can set instructions and access RAM. Table 7.2.1 depicts the interface
corresponding to P68and IM2/1/0 settings.
Table 7.2.1
SPI4 P68 IM2 IM1 IM0
Interface
0
0
0
- 3-Pin Serial interface
0
1
0
0 8080 MCU 8-bits Parallel
0
1
0
1 8080 MCU 16-bits Parallel
0
1
1
0 8080 MCU 9-bits Parallel
0
1
1
1 8080 MCU 18-bits Parallel
0
1
0
- 3-Pin Serial interface
1
1
0
0 6800 MCU 8-bits Parallel
1
1
0
1 6800 MCU 16-bits Parallel
1
1
1
0 6800 MCU 9-bits Parallel
1
1
1
1 6800 MCU 18-bits Parallel
1
0
- 4-Pin Serial interface

7.2.2.

Read back selection
Via the read instruction (8-bits, 24-bits and 32-bits read parameter
RDX strobe (8-bits read data and 8-bits read parameter)
RDX strobe (16-bits read data and 8-bits read parameter)
RDX strobe (9-bits read data and 8-bits read parameter)
RDX strobe (18-bits read data and 8-bits read parameter)
Via the read instruction (8-bits, 24-bits and 32-bits read parameter
E strobe (8-bits read data and 8-bits read parameter)
E strobe (16-bits read data and 8-bits read parameter)
E strobe (9-bits read data and 8-bits read parameter)
E strobe (18-bits read data and 8-bits read parameter)
Via the read instruction (8-bits, 24-bits and 32-bits read parameter

8080-Series Parallel interface(P68=’0’)

The MCU uses a 11-wires 8-data parallel interface or 19-wires 16-data parallel interface or 12-wires 9-data parallel interface or 21-wires
18-data parallel interface. The chip-select CSX(active low) enables and disables the parallel interface. RESX (active low) is an external
reset signal. WRX is the parallel data write, RDX is the parallel data read and D[17:0] is parallel data.
The Graphics Controller Chip reads the data at the rising edge of WRX signal. The D/CX is the data/command flag. When D/CX=’1’, D[17:0]
bits are display RAM data or command parameters. When D/C=’0’, D[17:0] bits are commands.
The 8080-series bi-directional interface can be used for communication between the micro controller and LCD driver chip. The selection of
this interface is done when P68 pin is low state (DGND). Interface bus width can be selected with IM2, IM1 and IM0.
The interface function of 8080-series parallel interface are given in Table 7 2.2

Table 7.2.2 The function of 8080-series parallel interface
P68 IM2
0

0

0

0

1

1

1

1

IM1

IM0

Interface

0

0

8-bits
Parallel

1

16-bits
Parallel

0

9-bits
Parallel

1

18-bits
Parallel

0

1

1

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

D/CX
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1

RDX
1
1


1
1


1
1


1
1



WRX


1
1


1
1


1
1


1
1

Function
Write 8-bits command (D7 to D0)
Write 8-bits display data or 8-bits parameter (D7 to D0)
Read 8-bits command (D7 to D0)
Read 8-bits parameter or status (D7 to D0)
Write 8-bits command (D7 to D0)
Write 16-bits display data (D15 to D0) or 8-bits parameter (D7 to D0)
Read 8-bits command (D7 to D0)
Read 8-bits parameter or status (D7 to D0)
Write 8-bits command (D7 to D0)
Write 9-bits display data (D8 to D0) or 8-bits parameter (D7 to D0)
Read 8-bits command (D7 to D0)
Read 8-bits parameter or status (D7 to D0)
Write 8-bits command (D7 to D0)
Write 18-bits display data (D17 to D0) or 8-bits parameter (D7 to D0)
Read 8-bits command (D7 to D0)
Read 8-bits parameter or status (D7 to D0)

110

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.2.2.1 Write cycle sequence
The write cycle means that the host writes information (command or/and data) to the display via the interface. Each write cycle (WRX
high-low-high sequence) consists of 3 control (D/CX, RDX, WRX) and data signals (D[17:0]). D/CX bit is a control signal, which tells if the
data is a command or a data. The data signals are the command if the control signal is low (=’0’) and vice versa it is data (=’1’).

WRX
D[17:0]

The host starts to
control D[17:0] lines
when there is a falling
edge of the WRX

The display writes
D[17:0] lines when
there is a falling edge
of the WRX

The host stops to
control D[17:0] lines

Fig. 7.2.2.1.1 8080-Series WRX Protocol
Note: WRX is an unsynchronized signal (It can be stopped)

1-byte command

D[17:0]
RESX

S

CMD

2-byte command

N-byte command (PA=N-1)

CMD

PA1

CMD

PA1

PAN-2

PAN-1

P

‘1’

CSX
D/CX
‘1’

RDX
WRX
D[17:0]

S

CMD

CMD

PA1

CMD

PA1

PAN-2

PAN-1

P

Host [17:0]
Host to LCD

S

CMD

CMD

PA1

CMD

PA1

PAN-2

PAN-1

P

Driver [17:0]
LCD to Host]

Hi-Z

CMD: Write command code
PA: Parameter or RAM data

Signal on D[17:0], DCX. R/WX, E pins
during CSX=’1’ are ignored

Fig. 7.2.2.1.2 8080-Series parallel bus protocol, Write to register or display RAM

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

111

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.2.2.2 Read Cycle Sequence
The read cycle (RDX high-low-high sequence) means that the host reads information from display via interface. The display sends data
(D[17:0]) to the host when there is a falling edge of RDX and the host reads data when there is a rising edge of RDX.

RDX
D[17:0]

The display starts to
control D[17:0] lines
when there is a falling
edge of the RDX

The host reads
D[17:0] lines when
there is a rising edge
of RDX

The display stops to
control D[17:0]

Fig. 7.2.2.2.1 8080-Series RDX Protocol
Note: RDX is an unsynchronized signal (It can be stopped)
Read Parameter

D[17:0]

Read display RAM data

S

CMD

DM

PA

CMD

DM

data

data

P

D[17:0]

S

CMD

DM

PA

CMD

DM

data

data

P

Host [17:0]
Host to LCD

S

CMD

Driver [17:0]
LCD to Host]

S

RESX

‘1’

CSX
D/CX
RDX
WRX

Hi-Z

Hi-Z

DM

CMD

PA

Hi-Z

CMD: Write command code
PA: Parameter or RAM data
DM: Dummy

Hi-Z

DM

P

data

data

P

Signal on D[17:0], DCX. R/WX, E pins
during CSX=’1’ are ignored

Fig. 7.2.2.2.2 8080-Series parallel bus protocol, Read data from register or display RAM

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

112

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.2.3.

6800-Series Parallel Interface (P68=’1’)

The MCU uses a 11-wires 8-data parallel interface or 19-wires 16-data parallel interface or 12-wires 9-data parallel interface or 21-wires
18-data parallel interface. The chip-select CSX(active low) enables and disables the parallel interface. RESX (active low) is an external
reset signal. The R/WX is the Read/Write flag and D[17:0] is parallel data.
The Graphics Controller Chip reads the data at the falling edge of E signal when R/WX=’1’ and Writes the data at the falling of the E signal
when R/WX=’0’. The D/CX is the data/command flag. When D/CX=’1’, D[17:0] bits are display RAM data or command parameters. When
D/C=’0’, D[17:0] bits are commands.
The 6800-series bi-directional interface can be used for communication between the micro controller and LCD driver chip. The selection of
this interface is done when P68 pin is high state (VDDIO). Interface bus width can be selected with IM2, IM1 and IM0.
The interface functions of 6800-series parallel interface are given in Table 7.2.3.
Table 7.2.3 The function of 6800-series parallel interface
P68 IM2 IM1 IM0

Interface

1

1

0

0

8-bits
Parallel

1

1

0

1

16-bits
Parallel

1

1

1

0

9-bits
Parallel

1

1

1

1

18-bits
Parallel

D/CX
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1

R/WX
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1

E

















Function
Write 8-bits command (D7 to D0)
Write 8-bits display data or 8-bits parameter (D7 to D0)
Read 8-bits command (D7 to D0)
Read 8-bits parameter or status (D7 to D0)
Write 8-bits command (D7 to D0)
Write 16-bits display data (D15 to D0) or 8-bits parameter (D7 to D0)
Read 8-bits command (D7 to D0)
Read 8-bits parameter or status (D7 to D0)
Write 8-bits command (D7 to D0)
Write 9-bits display data (D8 to D0) or 8-bits parameter (D7 to D0)
Read 8-bits command (D7 to D0)
Read 8-bits parameter or status (D7 to D0)
Write 8-bits command (D7 to D0)
Write 18-bits display data (D17 to D0) or 8-bits parameter (D7 to D0)
Read 8-bits command (D7 to D0)
Read 8-bits parameter or status (D7 to D0)

7.2.3.1 Write cycle sequence
The write cycle means that the host writes information (command or/and data) to the display via the interface. Each write cycle (E
low-high-low sequence) consists of 3 control (D/CX, E, R/WX) and data signals (D[17:0]). D/CX bit is a control signal, which tells if the data
is a command or a data. The data signals are the command if the control signal is low (=’0’) and vice versa it is data (=’1’).

R/WX

‘0’

E
D[17:0]

The host starts to
control D[17:0] lines
when there is a rising
edge of the E

The display writes
D[17:0] lines when
there is a falling edge
of the E

The host stops to
control D[17:0] lines

Fig. 7.2.3.1.1 6800-Series Write Protocol
Note: E is an unsynchronized signal (It can be stopped)

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

113

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
1-byte command

D[17:0]

S

2-byte command

N-byte command (PA=N-1)

CMD

CMD

PA1

CMD

PA1

PAN-2

PAN-1

P

‘1’

RESX
CSX
D/CX
R/WX

‘0’

E
D[17:0]

S

CMD

CMD

PA1

CMD

PA1

PAN-2

PAN-1

P

Host [17:0]
Host to LCD

S

CMD

CMD

PA1

CMD

PA1

PAN-2

PAN-1

P

Driver [17:0]
LCD to Host]

Hi-Z

CMD: Write command code
PA: Parameter or RAM data

Signal on D[17:0], DCX. R/WX, E pins
during CSX=’1’ are ignored

Fig. 7.2.3.1.2 6800-Series parallel bus protocol, Write to register or display RAM
7.2.3.2 Read cycle sequence
The read cycle means that the host reads information (command or/and data) to the display via the interface. Each read cycle (E
low-high-low sequence) consists of 3 control (D/CX, E, R/WX) and data signals (D[17:0]). D/CX bit is a control signal, which tells if the data
is a command or a data. The data signals are the command if the control signal is low (=’0’) and vice versa it is data (=’1’).

R/WX

‘1’

E
D[17:0]

The display starts to
control D[17:0] lines
when there is a rising
edge of the E

The host reads
D[17:0] lines when
there is a falling edge
of the E

The display stops to
control D[17:0] lines

Fig. 7.2.3.2.1 6800-Series Read Protocol
Note: E is an unsynchronized signal (It can be stopped)

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

114

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B

Read Parameter

D[17:0]
RESX

S

CMD

DM

Read display RAM data

PA

CMD

DM

data

data

P

PA

CMD

DM

data

data

P

‘1’

CSX
D/CX
R/WX

‘1’

‘0’

E
D[17:0]

S

CMD

Host [17:0]
Host to LCD

S

CMD

Driver [17:0]
LCD to Host]

S

Hi-Z

DM

Hi-Z

DM

Hi-Z

CMD

PA

Hi-Z

DM

CMD: Write command code
PA: Parameter or RAM data
DM: Dummy

P

data

data

P

Signal on D[17:0], DCX. R/WX, E pins
during CSX=’1’ are ignored

Fig. 7.2.3.2.2 6800-Series parallel bus protocol, Read data from register or display RAM

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

115

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.2.4.

Serial Peripheral interface

7.2.4.1 3-pin 9-bits SPI
The selection of this interface is done by IM2 and SPI4. See the Table 7.2.4.1.
The serial interface is a 3-pin 9-bits bi-directional interface for communication between the micro controller and the LCD driver chip. The
3-pin serial use: CSX (chip enable), SCL (serial clock) and SDA (serial data input/output). Serial clock (SCL) is used for interface with MCU
only, so it can be stopped when no communication is necessary.

Table 7.2.4.1 Serial Interface Type Selection
SPI4 P68
0
‘-‘

IM2
0

IM1
‘-‘

IM0
Interface
‘-‘ 3-Pin Serial interface

Read back selection
Via the read instruction (8-bits, 24-bits and 32-bits read parameter

7.2.4.1.1 Command Write Mode
The write mode of the interface means the micro controller writes commands and data to the 3-Pin serial data packet contains a control bit
D/CX and a transmission byte. If D/CX is low, the transmission byte is interpreted as command byte. If D/CX is high, the transmission byte
is stored in the display data RAM (Memory write command), or command register as parameter.
Any instruction can be sent in any order to the DRIVER. The MSB is transmitted first. The serial interface is initialized when CSX is high. In
this state, SCL clock pulse or SDA data have no effect. A falling edge on CSX enables the serial interface and indicates the start of data
transmission.

3-pin Serial Data Stream Format
Transmission byte(TB) may be a command or a data

MSB
LSB
D/CX D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
D/CX

D/CX

D/CX

(TB)

(TB)

(TB)

Fig. 7.2.4.1.1 Serial interface data Stream format
When CSX is high, SCL clock is ignored. During the high time of CSX the serial interface is initialized. At the falling edge of CSX, SCL can
be high or low. SDA is sampled at the rising edge of CSX. D/CX indicates, whether the byte is command code (D/CX=’0’) or parameter/RAM
data (D/CX=’1’). It is sampled when first rising edge of CSX. If CSX stay low after the last bit of command/data byte, the serial interface
expects the D/CX bit of the next byte at the next rising edge of SCL.

S

TB

TB

P

CSX
Host
(MCU to
Driver)

SDA

0

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D/C

D0

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

SCL
Command

Command / Parameter
CSX can be ‘H’ between parameter / command and
parameter/command SCL and SDA during CSX=’H’ is invalid

Fig. 7.2.4.1.2 Serial interface Write protocol (Write to register with control bit in transmission)

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

116

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.2.4.1.2 Read Functions
The read mode of the interface means that the micro controller reads register value from the Driver. To do the micro controller first has to
send a command (Read ID or register command) and then the following byte is transmitted in the opposite direction. After the read status
command has been sent, the SDA lin must be set to tri-state no later than at the falling edge of SCL of the last bit.

3-Pin Serial Protocol (for RDID1/RDID2/RDID3/0Ah/0Bh/0Ch/0Dh/0Eh/0Fh command: 8-bit read)
S

TB

TB

P

S

Host

CSX
SCL

Driver

SDA
(SDI)

D/CX

D7

D6

SDA
(SDO)

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

High-Z

D0

High-Z

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D/CX

D2

D1 D0

3-Pin Serial Protocol (for RDDID command: 24-bit read)
TB

S

TB

P

S

Host

CSX
SCL

Driver

SDA
(SDI)

D/CX D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

High-Z

SDA
(SDO)

High-Z

D0

D23

D22 D21

D/CX

D20 D19

D3

D2

D1 D0

Dummy Clock Cycle

3-Pin Serial Protocol (for RDDST command: 32-bit read)
TB

S

TB

P

S

Host

CSX
SCL

Driver

SDA
(SDI)

D/CX

D7

SDA
(SDO)

D6

D5

D4

High-Z

D3

D2

D1

High-Z

D0

D31 D30 D29

D28 D27

D/CX

D3

D2

D1 D0

Dummy Clock Cycle

Fig. 7.2.4.1.2 3-pin Serial interface Read protocol

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

117

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.2.4.2 4-pin 8-bits SPI
The selection of this interface is done by IM2 and SPI4. See the Table 7.2.4.2.
The serial interface is a 4-pin 8-bits bi-directional interface for communication between the micro controller and the LCD driver chip. The
4-pin serial use: CSX (chip enable), SCL (serial clock), DCX(command or data) and SDA (serial data input/output). Serial clock (SCL) is
used for interface with MCU only, so it can be stopped when no communication is necessary.

Table 7.2.4.2 Serial Interface Type Selection
SPI4 P68
1
‘-‘

IM2
0

IM1
‘-‘

IM0
Interface
‘-‘ 4-Pin Serial interface

Read back selection
Via the read instruction (8-bits, 24-bits and 32-bits read parameter

7.2.4.2.1 Command Write Mode
The write mode of the interface means the micro controller writes commands and data to the 4-Pin serial data packet. If D/CX is low, the
transmission byte is interpreted as command byte. If D/CX is high, the transmission byte is stored in the display data RAM (Memory write
command), or command register as parameter.
Any instruction can be sent in any order to the DRIVER. The MSB is transmitted first. The serial interface is initialized when CSX is high. In
this state, SCL clock pulse or SDA data have no effect. A falling edge on CSX enables the serial interface and indicates the start of data
transmission.

4-pins Serial Data Stream Format
Transmission byte(TB) may be a command or a data

MSB
LSB
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

(TB)

(TB)

(TB)

Fig. 7.2.4.2.1 Serial interface data Stream format
When CSX is high, SCL clock is ignored. During the high time of CSX the serial interface is initialized. At the falling edge of CSX, SCL can
be high or low. SDA is sampled at the rising edge of CSX. D/CX indicates, whether the byte is command code (D/CX=’0’) or parameter/RAM
data (D/CX=’1’). It is sampled when first rising edge of CSX. If CSX stay low after the last bit of command/data byte, the serial interface
expects the D/CX bit of the next byte at the next rising edge of SCL.

4-pins Serial Interface Protocol
S

TB

TB

P

CSX
Host
(MCU to
Driver)

SDA

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D/CX

D2

D1

D0

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

D/C

0

SCL
Command

Command / Parameter
CSX can be ‘H’ between parameter / command and
parameter/command SCL and SDA during CSX=’H’ is invalid

Fig. 7.2.4.2.2 4-pins Serial interface Write protocol (Write to register with control bit in

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

118

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.2.4.2.2 Read Functions
The read mode of the interface means that the micro controller reads register value from the Driver. To do the micro controller first has to
send a command (Read ID or register command) and then the following byte is transmitted in the opposite direction. After the read status
command has been sent, the SDA lin must be set to tri-state no later than at the falling edge of SCL of the last bit.

4-pins Serial Protocol (for RDID1/ RDID2/ RDID3/ 0AH/ 0BH/ 0CH/ 0DH/ 0EH/ 0FH command: 8-bits read)
S

TB

TB

P

S

CSX
Host
(MCU to
Driver)

SCL
D/CX

0

SDA
(SDI)
SDA
(SDO)

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

Hight-Z

D0

Hight-Z

D7

D6

D5

D4

D7

D2

D3

D1

D0

4-pins Serial Protocol (for RDDID command: 24-bits read)
S

TB

TB

P

S

CSX
Host
(MCU to
Driver)

SCL
D/CX

0

SDA
(SDI)
SDA
(SDO)

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

Hight-Z

D0

Hight-Z

D23 D22 D21

D7

D2

D1

D0

Dummy Clock Cycle = 8 clock

4-pins Serial Protocol (for RDDST command: 32-bits read)
S

TB

TB

P

S

CSX
Host
(MCU to
Driver)

SCL
D/CX
SDA
(SDI)
SDA
(SDO)

0

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

Hight-Z

D2

D1

Hight-Z

D0

D31 D30 D29 D28 D27 D26

D7

D2

D1

D0

Dummy Clock Cycle = 8 clock

Fig. 7.2.4.2.2 4-pins Serial interface Read protocol

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

119

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.2.5.

Data Transfer Break and Recovery

If there is a break in data transmission by RESX pulse, while transferring a Command or Frame Memory Data or Multiple Parameter
command Data, before Bit D0 of the byte has been completed, then DRIVER will reject the previous bits and have reset the interface such
that it will be ready to receive command data again when the chip select line (CSX) is next activated after RESX have been High state. See
the following example

S

TB

TB

P

CSX

Host
(MPU to
Driver)

RESX

Wait for more than 10µs

SCL
SDA

D7

D/CX

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D/CX

D7

D6

D5

Command /
Parameter / Data

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

Command
SCL and SDA during RESX = “L” is invalid and next
byte becomes command

Fig. 7.2.5.1 Serial bus protocol, write mode – interrupted by RESX

If there is a break in data transmission by CSX pulse, while transferring a Command or Frame Memory Data or Multiple Parameter
command Data, before Bit D0 of the byte has been completed, then DRIVER will reject the previous bits and have reset the interface such
that it will be ready to receive the same byte re-transmitted when the chip select line (CSX) is next activated. See the following example

S

TB

TB

P

CSX
SCL
Host

SDA

D/CX

(MPU to
Driver)

D7

D6

D5

D4

Command /
Parameter /
Data

D/CX

Break

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

Command /
Parameter /
Data

Fig. 7.2. 5.2 Serial bus protocol, write mode – interrupted by CSX

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

120

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
If 1, 2 or more parameter command is being sent and a break occurs while sending any parameter before the last one and if the host then
sends a new command rather than re-transmitting the parameter that was interrupted, then the parameters that were successfully sent are
stored and the parameter where the break occurred is rejected. The interface is ready to receive next byte as shown below.

Break

CMD1

PARA11

PARA12

PARA11 is sucessfully sended but PARA12
is breaked and need to be transfered again

CMD2

CMD1

PARA11

PARA12

PARA13

Command1 with 1st parameter (PARA11) should
be executed again to write remained parameter
(PARA12 and PARA13)

Fig.7.2.5.3 Write interrupts recovery (serial interface)

If a 2 or more parameter command is being sent and a break occurs by the other command before the last one is sent, then the parameters
that were successfully sent are stored and the other parameter of that command remains previous value.

Break

CMD1

PARA11

PARA11 is sucessfully sent but the other parameters
are not sent and break happeds by the other
command.

CMD2

CMD1

PARA11

PARA12

PARA13

Command1 with 1st parameter (PARA11) should
be executed again to write remained parameter
(PARA12 and PARA13)

Fig. 7.2.5.4 Write interrupts recovery (both serial and parallel interface)

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

121

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.2.6.

Data Transfer Pause

It will be possible when transferring a Command, Frame Memory Data or Multiple Parameter Data to invoke a pause in the data
transmission. If the Chip Select Line is released after a whole byte of a Frame Memory Data or Multiple Parameter Data has been
completed, then DRIVER will wait and continue the Frame Memory Data or Parameter Data Transmission from the point where it was
paused. If the Chip Select Line is released after a whole byte of a command has been completed, then the Display Module will receive
either the command’s parameters (if appropriate) or a new command when the Chip Select Line is next enabled as shown below.

This applies to the following 4 conditions:
1) Command-Pause-Command
2) Command-Pause-Parameter
3) Parameter-Pause-Command
4) Parameter-Pause-Parameter

7.2.6.1 Serial Interface Pause

S

TB

TB
Pause

CSX
Host

P

SCL

(MPU to
Driver)

SDA

D/CX

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

D/CX

Command / Parameter / Data

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

Command / Parameter / Data
SCL and SDA during CSX = “H” is invalid

Fig. 7.2.6.1 Serial interface Pause Protocol (pause by CSX)

7.2.6.2 Parallel Interface Pause

CSX

Pause

D/CX
RDX
WRX
D[17:0]

D17 to D0

D17 to D0

Command /
Parameter

Pause

Command /
Parameter

Fig. 7.2.6.2 Parallel bus Pause Protocol (paused by CSX)

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

122

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.2.7.

Data Transfer Modes

The Module has three kinds colour modes for transferring data to the display RAM. These are 12-bit colour per pixel, 16-bit colour per pixel
and 18-bit colour per pixel. The data format is described for each interface. Data can be downloaded to the Frame Memory by 2 methods.

6.2.7.1 Method 1

The Image data is sent to the Frame Memory in successive Frame writes, each time the Frame Memory is filled, the Frame Memory pointer
is reset to the start point and the next Frame is written.

Start
Start Frame
Memory
Write

Stop
Image
Data
Frame 1

Image
Data
Frame 2

Image
Data
Frame 3

Any
Command

6.2.7.2 Method 2

Image Data is sent and at the end of each Frame Memory download, a command is sent to stop Frame Memory Write. Then Start Memory
Write command is sent, and a new Frame is downloaded.

Start
Start Frame
Memory
Write

Image
Data
Frame 1

Any
Command

Start Frame
Memory
Write

Image
Data
Frame 2

Any
Command

Stop
Any
Command

Note:
1) These apply to all data transfer Colour modes on both serial and parallel interfaces.
2) The frame memory can contain both odd and even number of pixels for both methods. Only complete pixel data will be stored in the
frame memory.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

123

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.3. MCU Data Colour Coding

7.3.1.

MCU Data Colour Coding for RAM data Write

- Parallel 8-Bits Bus Interface (IM1, IM0= “00”)
Table 7.3.1.1 8-Bits Parallel Interface Set Table
Register
D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10
Command
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
3AH
D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
03h
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
05h
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
06h
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

D9
x
D9
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

D8
x
D8
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

D7
0
D7
R3
B3
G3
R4
G2
R5
G5
B5

D6
0
D6
R2
B2
G2
R3
G1
R4
G4
B4

D5
1
D5
R1
B1
G1
R2
G0
R3
G3
B3

D4
0
D4
R0
B0
G0
R1
B4
R2
G2
B2

D3
1
D3
G3
R3
B3
R0
B3
R1
G1
B1

D2
1
D2
G2
R2
B2
G5
B2
R0
G0
B0

D1
0
D1
G1
R1
B1
G4
B1
x
x
x

D0
Command
0
2CH
D0
Colour
G0
4K-Colour
R0 (2-pixels/ 3-byyes)
B0
G3
65K-Colour
B0 (1-pixels/ 2-byyes)
x
262K-Colour
x (1-pixels/ 3byyes)
x

Table 7.3.1.2 16-Bits Parallel Interface Set Table
Register
D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9
Command
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
3AH
D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9
03h
x
x
x
x
x
x
R3 R2 R1
05h
x
x
R4 R3 R2 R1 R0 G5 G4
x
x
R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R0
x
06h
x
x
B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0
x
x
x
G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G0
x

D8
x
D8
R0
G3
x
x
x

D7
0
D7
G3
G2
G5
R5
B5

D6
0
D6
G2
G1
G4
R4
B4

D5
1
D5
G1
G0
G3
R3
B3

D4
0
D4
G0
B4
G2
R2
B2

D3
1
D3
B3
B3
G1
R1
B1

D2
1
D2
B2
B2
G0
R0
B0

D1
0
D1
B1
B1
x
x
x

D0
0
D0
B0
B0
x
x
x

D9
x
D9
x
x

D8
x
D8
R5
G2

D7
0
D7
R4
G1

D6
0
D6
R3
G0

D5
1
D5
R2
B5

D4
0
D4
R1
B4

D3
1
D3
R0
B3

D2
1
D2
G5
B2

D1
0
D1
G4
B1

D0
0
D0
G3
B0

Register
2CH
Colour
262K-Colour
(1-pixels/ 2bytes)

Table 7.3.1.4 18-Bits Parallel Interface Set Table
Register
D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9
Command
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
3AH
D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9
03h
x
x
x
x
x
x
R3 R2 R1
05h
x
x
R4 R3 R2 R1 R0 G5 G4
06h
R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R0 G5 G4 G3

D8
x
D8
R0
G3
G2

D7
0
D7
G3
G2
G1

D6
0
D6
G2
G1
G0

D5
1
D5
G1
G0
B5

D4
0
D4
G0
B4
B4

D3
1
D3
B3
B3
B3

D2
1
D2
B2
B2
B2

D1
0
D1
B1
B1
B1

D0
0
D0
B0
B0
B0

Register
2CH
Colour
4K-Colour
65K-Colour
262K-Colour

- Parallel 16-Bits Bus Interface (IM1, IM0= “01”)
Command
2CH
Colour
4K-Colour
65K-Colour
262K-Colour
(2-pixels/ 3byyes)

- Parallel 9-Bits Bus Interface (IM1, IM0= “10”)
Table 7.3.1.3 9-Bits Parallel Interface Set Table
Register
D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10
Command
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
3AH
D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
06h
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

- Parallel 18-Bits Bus Interface (IM1, IM0= “11”)

Note: ‘x’ Don’t care, but need to set VDDIO or DGND level.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

124

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.3.1.1 Parallel 8-Bits Bus Interface for RAM Data Write (IM1, IM0= “00”)
Different display data formats are available for three colours depth supported by listed below.
- 4K-Colours, RGB 4,4,4-bits input data. (3AH=”03h”)
- 65K-Colours, RGB 5,6,5-bits input data. (3AH=”05h”)
- 262K-Colours, RGB 6,6,6-bits input data. (3AH=”06h”)

(1). 8-bits data bus for 12-bits/pixel (RGB 4-4-4-bits input), 4K-colours, 3AH=”03h”
There are 2 pixels (6 sub-pixels) per 3-bytes.

RESX

‘1’
IM1, IM0 = ”00”

IM1/IM0
CSX
D/CX
WRX
RDX

‘1’

8080-Series control pins

R/WX

‘0’

6800-Series control pins

E
D7

0

R1, Bit 3

B1, Bit 3

G2, Bit 3

R3, Bit 3

D6

0

R1, Bit 2

B1, Bit 2

G2, Bit 2

R3, Bit 2

D5

1

R1, Bit 1

B1, Bit 1

G2, Bit 1

R3, Bit 1

D4

0

R1, Bit 0

B1, Bit 0

G2, Bit 0

R3, Bit 0

D3

1

G1, Bit 3

R2, Bit 3

B2, Bit 3

G3, Bit 3

D2

1

G1, Bit 2

R2, Bit 2

B2, Bit 2

G3, Bit 2

D1

0

G1, Bit 1

R2, Bit 1

B2, Bit 1

G3, Bit 1

D0

0

G1, Bit 0

R2, Bit 0

B2, Bit 0

G3, Bit 0

Pixel n

Pixel n+1

12-bits

12-bits

Look-Up Table for 4K-colors or data mapping (12-Bits to 18-Bits)
18-bits

Frame
Memory

18-bits

R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

Note1. The data order is ad follows, MSB=D7, LSB=D0 and picture data is MSB=Bit 3, LSB=Bit 0 for Red, Green and Blue data.
Note 2.3-times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 12-bits color depth information.
Note 3. ‘-‘ = Don't care - Can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

125

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
(2). 8-bits data bus for 16-bits/pixel (RGB 5-6-5-bits input), 65K-colours, 3AH=”05h”
There are 1 pixels (3 sub-pixels) per 2-bytes.

RESX

‘1’
IM1, IM0 = ”00”

IM1/IM0
CSX
D/CX
WRX
RDX

‘1’

8080-Series control pins

R/WX

‘0’

6800-Series control pins

E
D7

0

R1, Bit 4

G1, Bit 2

R2, Bit 4

G2, Bit 2

D6

0

R1, Bit 3

G1, Bit 1

R2, Bit 3

G2, Bit 1

D5

1

R1, Bit 2

G1, Bit 0

R2, Bit 2

G2, Bit 0

D4

0

R1, Bit 1

B1, Bit 5

R2, Bit 1

B2, Bit 5

D3

1

R1, Bit 0

B1, Bit 3

R2, Bit 0

B2, Bit 3

D2

1

G1, Bit 5

B1, Bit 2

G2, Bit 5

B2, Bit 2

D1

0

G1, Bit 4

B1, Bit 1

G2, Bit 4

B2, Bit 1

D0

0

G1, Bit 3

B1, Bit 0

G2, Bit 3

B2, Bit 0

Pixel n+1

Pixel n

16-bits

16-bits

Look-Up Table for 4K-colors or data mapping (16-Bits to 18-Bits)
18-bits

Frame
Memory

18-bits

R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

Note1. The data order is ad follows, MSB=D7, LSB=D0 and picture data is MSB=Bit 5, LSB=Bit 0 for Green and MSB=Bit 4, LSB=Bit 0 for
Red and Blue data.
Note 2.2-times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 16-bits color depth information.
Note 3. ‘-‘ = Don't care - Can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

126

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
(3). 8-bits data bus for 18-bits/pixel (RGB 6-6-6-bits input), 262K-colours, 3AH=”06h”
There are 1 pixels (3 sub-pixels) per 3-bytes.

RESX

‘1’
IM1, IM0 = ”00”

IM1/IM0
CSX
D/CX
WRX
RDX

‘1’

8080-Series control pins

R/WX

‘0’

6800-Series control pins

E
D7

0

R1, Bit 5

G1, Bit 5

B1, Bit 5

R2, Bit 5

D6

0

R1, Bit 4

G1, Bit 4

B1, Bit 4

R2, Bit 4

D5

1

R1, Bit 3

G1, Bit 3

B1, Bit 3

R2, Bit 3

D4

0

R1, Bit 2

G1, Bit 2

B1, Bit 2

R2, Bit 2

D3

1

R1, Bit 1

G1, Bit 1

B1, Bit 1

R2, Bit 1

D2

1

R1, Bit 0

G1, Bit 0

B1, Bit 0

R2, Bit 0

D1

0

-

-

-

-

D0

0

-

-

-

-

Pixel n+1

Pixel n

18-bits

18-bits

Frame
Memory

R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

Note1. The data order is ad follows, MSB=D7, LSB=D0 and picture data is MSB=Bit 5, LSB=Bit 0 for Red, Green and Blue data.
Note 2.3-times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 18-bits color depth information.
Note 3. ‘-‘ = Don't care - Can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

127

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.3.1.2 Parallel 16-Bits Bus Interface for RAM Data Write (IM1, IM0=”01”)
Different display data formats are available for three colors depth supported by listed below.
- 4K-Colours, RGB 4,4,4-bits input data. (3AH=”03h”)
- 65K-Colours, RGB 5,6,5-bits input data. (3AH=”05h”)
- 262K-Colours, RGB 6,6,6-bits input data. (3AH=”06h”)

(1). 16-bits data bus for 12-bits/pixel (RGB 4-4-4-bits input), 4K-colours, 3AH=”03h”
There are 1 pixel (3 sub-pixels) per 1 bytes

RESX ‘1’
IM1/IM0 IM1 IM0=”01”
CSX
D/CX
WRX
RDX ‘1’

8080-Series control

R/WX ‘0’

6800-Series control

E
D15

-

-

-

-

-

D14

-

-

-

-

-

D13

-

-

-

-

-

D12

-

-

-

-

-

D11

-

R1 Bit 3

R2 Bit 3

R3 Bit 3

R4 Bit 3

D10

-

R1 Bit 2

R2 Bit 2

R3 Bit 2

R4 Bit 2

D9

-

R1 Bit 1

R2 Bit 1

R3 Bit 1

R4 Bit 1

D8

-

R1 Bit 0

R2 Bit 0

R3 Bit 0

R4 Bit 0

D7

0

G1 Bit 3

G2 Bit 3

G3 Bit 3

G4 Bit 3

D6

0

G1 Bit 2

G2 Bit 2

G3 Bit 2

G4 Bit 2

D5

1

G1 Bit 1

G2 Bit 1

G3 Bit 1

G4 Bit 1

D4

0

G1 Bit 0

G2 Bit 0

G3 Bit 0

G4 Bit 0

D3

1

B1 Bit 3

B2 Bit 3

B3 Bit 3

B4 Bit 3

D2

1

B1 Bit 2

B2 Bit 2

B3 Bit 2

B4 Bit 2

D1

0

B1 Bit 1

B2 Bit 1

B3 Bit 1

B4 Bit 1

D0

0

B1 Bit 0

B2 Bit 0

B3 Bit 0

B4 Bit 0

Pixel n+2

Pixel n+3

Pixel n

Pixel n+1

12-bits

12-bits

Look-Up Table for 4K-colors or data mapping (12-Bits to 18-Bits)
18-bits

Frame
Memory

18-bits

R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

Note1. The data order is ad follows, MSB=D15, LSB=D0 and picture data is MSB=Bit 3, LSB=Bit 0 for Red, Green and Blue data.
Note 2.1-times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 12-bits color depth information.
Note 3. ‘-‘ = Don't care - Can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

128

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
(2). 16-bits data bus for 16-bits/pixel (RGB 5-6-5-bits input), 65K-colours, 3AH=”05h”
There are 1 pixel (3 sub-pixels) per 1 bytes

RESX

‘1’
IM1, IM0=”01”

IM1/IM0
CSX
D/CX
WRX
RDX

‘1’

8080-Series control pins

R/WX

‘0’

6800-Series control pins

E

D15

-

R1, Bit 4

R2, Bit 4

R3, Bi

R4, Bit 4

D14

-

R1, Bit 3

R2, Bit 3

R3, Bit 3

R4, Bit 3

D13

-

R1, Bit 2

R2, Bit 2

R3, Bit 2

R4, Bit 2

D12

-

R1, Bit 1

R2, Bit 1

R3, Bit 1

R4, Bit 1

D11

-

R1, Bit 0

R2, Bit 0

R3, Bit 0

R4, Bit 0

D10

-

G1, Bit 5

G2, Bit 5

G3, Bit 5

G4, Bit 5

D9

-

G1, Bit 4

G2, Bit 4

G3, Bit 4

G4, Bit 4

D8

-

G1, Bit 3

G2, Bit 3

G3, Bit 3

G4, Bit 3

D7

0

G1, Bit 2

G2, Bit 2

G3, Bit 2

G4, Bit 2

D6

0

G1, Bit 1

G2, Bit 1

G3, Bit 1

G4, Bit 1

D5

1

G1, Bit 0

G2, Bit 0

G3, Bit 0

G4, Bit 0

D4

0

B1, Bit 4

B2, Bit 4

B3, Bit 4

B4, Bit 4

D3

1

B1, Bit 3

B2, Bit 3

B3, Bit 3

B4, Bit 3

D2

1

B1, Bit 2

B2, Bit 2

B3, Bit 2

B4, Bit 2

D1

0

B1, Bit 1

B2, Bit 1

B3, Bit 1

B4, Bit 1

D1

0

B1, Bit 0

Pixel n

B2, Bit 0

Pixel n+1

16-bits

B4, Bit 0

Pixel n+2

Pixel n+3

16-bits

Look-Up Table for 4K-colors or data mapping (16-Bits to 18-Bits)
18-bits

Frame
Memory

18-bits

R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

Note1. The data order is ad follows, MSB=D15, LSB=D0 and picture data is MSB=Bit 5, LSB=Bit 0 for Green, and MSB=Bit 4, LSB=Bit 0 for
Red and Blue data.
Note 2.1-times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 16-bits color depth information.
Note 3. ‘-‘ = Don't care - Can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

129

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
(3). 16-bits data bus for 18-bits/pixel (RGB 6-6-6-bits input), 262K-colours, 3AH=”06h”
There are 2 pixel (6 sub-pixels) per 3 bytes

RESX

‘1’
IM1, IM0=”01”

IM1/IM0
CSX
D/CX
WRX
RDX

‘1’

8080-Series control pins

R/WX

‘0’

6800-Series control pins

E
D15

-

R1, Bit 5

B1, Bit 5

G2, Bit 5

R3, Bit 5

D14

-

R1, Bit 4

B1, Bit 4

G2, Bit 4

R3, Bit 4

D13

-

R1, Bit 3

B1, Bit 3

G2, Bit 3

R3, Bit 3

D12

-

R1, Bit 2

B1, Bit 2

G2, Bit 2

R3, Bit 2

D11

-

R1, Bit 1

B1, Bit 1

G2, Bit 1

R3, Bit 1

D10

-

R1, Bit 0

B1, Bit 0

G2, Bit 0

R3, Bit 0

D9

-

-

-

-

-

D8

-

-

-

-

-

D7

0

G1, Bit 5

R2, Bit 5

B2, Bit 5

G3, Bit 5

D6

0

G1, Bit 4

R2, Bit 4

B2, Bit 4

G3, Bit 4

D5

1

G1, Bit 3

R2, Bit 3

B2, Bit 3

G3, Bit 3

D4

0

G1, Bit 2

R2, Bit 2

B2, Bit 2

G3, Bit 2

D3

1

G1, Bit 1

R2, Bit 1

B2, Bit 1

G3, Bit 1

D2

1

G1, Bit 0

R2, Bit 0

B2, Bit 0

G3, Bit 0

D1

0

-

-

-

-

D0

0

-

-

-

-

Pixel n

Pixel n+1

18-bits

Frame
Memory

18-bits

R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

Note1. The data order is ad follows, MSB=D15, LSB=D0 and picture data is MSB=Bit 5, LSB=Bit 0 for Red, Green and Blue data.
Note 2.3-times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 18-bits color depth information.
Note 3. ‘-‘ = Don't care - Can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

130

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.3.1.3 Parallel 9-Bits Bus Interface for RAM Data Write (IM1, IM0=”10”)
Different display data formats are available for three colors depth supported by listed below.
- 262K-Colours, RGB 6,6,6-bits input data. (3AH=”06h”)

(1). 9-bits data bus for 18-bits/pixel (RGB 6-6-6-bits input), 262K-colours, 3AH=”06h”
There is 1 pixel (3 sub-pixels) per 2 bytes

RESX

‘1’
IM1, IM0 = “10”

IM1/IM0
CSX
D/CX
WRX
RDX

‘1’

8080-Series control pins

R/WX

‘0’

6800-Series control pins

E

D8

-

R1, Bit 5

G1, Bit 2

R2, Bit 5

G2, Bit 2

D7

0

R1, Bit 4

G1, Bit 1

R2, Bit 4

G2, Bit 1

D6

0

R1, Bit 3

G1, Bit 0

R2, Bit 3

G2, Bit 0

D5

1

R1, Bit 2

B1, Bit 5

R2, Bit 2

B2, Bit 5

D4

0

R1, Bit 0

B1, Bit 4

R2, Bit 1

B2, Bit 4

D3

1

R1, Bit 0

B1, Bit 3

R2, Bit 0

B2, Bit 3

D2

1

G1, Bit 5

B1, Bit 2

G2, Bit 5

B2, Bit 2

D1

0

G1, Bit 4

B1, Bit 1

G2, Bit 4

B2, Bit 1

D0

0

G1, Bit 3

B1, Bit 0

G2, Bit 3

B2, Bit 0

Pixel n

Pixel n+1

18-bits

Frame
Memory

18-bits

R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

Note1. The data order is ad follows, MSB=D8, LSB=D0 and picture data is MSB=Bit 5, LSB=Bit 0 for Red, Green and Blue data.
Note 2.3-times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 18-bit color depth information.
Note 3. ‘-‘ = Don't care - Can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

131

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.3.1.4 Parallel 18-Bits Bus Interface for RAM Data Write (IM1, IM0=”11”)

Different display data formats are available for three colors depth supported by listed below.
- 4K-Colours, RGB 4,4,4-bits input data. (3AH=”03h”)
- 65K-Colours, RGB 5,6,5-bits input data. (3AH=”05h”)
- 262K-Colours, RGB 6,6,6-bits input data. (3AH=”06h”)
(1). 18-bits data bus for 12-bits/pixel (RGB 4-4-4-bits input), 4K-colours, 3AH=”03h”
There is 1 pixel (3 sub-pixels) per 1 bytes

RESX ‘1’
IM1/IM0 IM1 IM0=”11”
CSX
D/CX
WRX
RDX ‘1’

8080-Series control

R/WX ‘0’

6800-Series control

E
D17

-

-

-

-

-

D16

-

-

-

-

-

D12

-

-

-

-

-

D11

-

R1 Bit

R2 Bit

R3 Bit

R4 Bit

D10

-

R1 Bit

R2 Bit

R3 Bit

R4 Bit

D9

-

R1 Bit

R2 Bit

R3 Bit

R4 Bit

D8

-

R1 Bit

R2 Bit

R3 Bit

R4 Bit

D7

0

G1 Bit

G2 Bit

G3 Bit

G4 Bit

D6

0

G1 Bit

G2 Bit

G3 Bit

G4 Bit

D5

1

G1 Bit

G2 Bit

G3 Bit

G4 Bit

D4

0

G1 Bit

G2 Bit

G3 Bit

G4 Bit

D3

1

B1 Bit

B2 Bit

B3 Bit

B4 Bit

D2

1

B1 Bit

B2 Bit

B3 Bit

B4 Bit

D1

0

B1 Bit

B2 Bit

B3 Bit

B4 Bit

D0

0

B1 Bit

Pixel n
12-bits

B2 Bit

Pixel n+1

B3 Bit

Pixel n+2

B4 Bit

Pixel n+3

12-bits

Look-Up Table for 4K-colors or data mapping (12-Bits to 18-Bits)
18-bits

18-bits

Frame
Memory R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

Note1. The data order is ad follows, MSB=D17, LSB=D0 and picture data is MSB=Bit 3, LSB=Bit 0 for Red, Green and Blue data.
Note 2.1-times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 12-bits color depth information.
Note 3. ‘-‘ = Don't care - Can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

132

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
(2). 18-bits data bus for 16-bits/pixel (RGB 5-6-5-bits input), 65K-colours, 3AH=”05h”
There are 1 pixel (3 sub-pixels) per 1 bytes

RESX

‘1’
IM1, IM0=”11”

IM1/IM0
CSX
D/CX
WRX
RDX

‘1’

8080-Series control pins

R/WX

‘0’

6800-Series control pins

E
D17

-

-

-

-

-

D16

-

-

-

-

-

D15

-

R1, Bit 4

R2, Bit 4

R3, Bi

R4, Bit 4

D14

-

R1, Bit 3

R2, Bit 3

R3, Bit 3

R4, Bit 3

D13

-

R1, Bit 2

R2, Bit 2

R3, Bit 2

R4, Bit 2

D12

-

R1, Bit 1

R2, Bit 1

R3, Bit 1

R4, Bit 1

D11

-

R1, Bit 0

R2, Bit 0

R3, Bit 0

R4, Bit 0

D10

-

G1, Bit 5

G2, Bit 5

G3, Bit 5

G4, Bit 5

D9

-

G1, Bit 4

G2, Bit 4

G3, Bit 4

G4, Bit 4

D8

-

G1, Bit 3

G2, Bit 3

G3, Bit 3

G4, Bit 3

D7

0

G1, Bit 2

G2, Bit 2

G3, Bit 2

G4, Bit 2

D6

0

G1, Bit 1

G2, Bit 1

G3, Bit 1

G4, Bit 1

D5

1

G1, Bit 0

G2, Bit 0

G3, Bit 0

G4, Bit 0

D4

0

B1, Bit 4

B2, Bit 4

B3, Bit 4

B4, Bit 4

D3

1

B1, Bit 3

B2, Bit 3

B3, Bit 3

B4, Bit 3

D2

1

B1, Bit 2

B2, Bit 2

B3, Bit 2

B4, Bit 2

D1

0

B1, Bit 1

B2, Bit 1

B3, Bit 1

B4, Bit 1

D0

0

B1, Bit 0

B2, Bit 0

Pixel n

Pixel n

16-bits

B1, Bit 0

Pixel n

B4, Bit 0

Pixel n

16-bits

Look-Up Table for 65K-colors or data mapping (16-Bits to 18-Bits)
18-bits

Frame
Memory

18-bits

R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

Note1. The data order is ad follows, MSB=D17, LSB=D0 and picture data is MSB=Bit 5, LSB=Bit 0 for Green, and MSB=Bit 4, LSB=Bit 0 for
Red and Blue data.
Note 2.1-times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 16-bits color depth information.
Note 3. ‘-‘ = Don't care - Can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

133

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
(3). 18-bits data bus for 18-bits/pixel (RGB 6-6-6-bits input), 262K-colours, 3AH=”06h”
There are 1 pixel (6 sub-pixels) per 1 bytes

RESX

‘1’
IM1, IM0=”11”

IM1/IM0
CSX
D/CX
WRX
RDX

‘1’

8080-Series control pins

R/WX

‘0’

6800-Series control pins

E

D17

-

R1, Bit 5

R2, Bit 5

R3, Bit5

R4, Bit 5

D16

-

R1, Bit 4

R2, Bit 4

R3, Bit5

R4, Bit 4

D15

-

R1, Bit 3

R2, Bit 3

R3, Bit 3

R4, Bit 3

D14

-

R1, Bit 2

R2, Bit 2

R3, Bit 2

R4, Bit 2

D13

-

R1, Bit 1

R2, Bit 1

R3, Bit 1

R4, Bit 1

D12

-

R1, Bit 0

R2, Bit 0

R3, Bit 0

R4, Bit 0

D11

-

G1, Bit 5

G2, Bit 5

G3, Bit 5

G4, Bit 5

D10

-

G1, Bit 4

G2, Bit 4

G3, Bit 4

G4, Bit 4

D9

-

G1, Bit 3

G2, Bit 3

G3, Bit 3

G4, Bit 3

D8

-

G1, Bit 2

G2, Bit 2

G3, Bit 2

G4, Bit 2

D7

0

G1, Bit 1

G2, Bit 1

G3, Bit 1

G4, Bit 1

D6

0

G1, Bit 0

G2, Bit 0

G3, Bit 0

G4, Bit 0

D5

1

B1, Bit 5

B2, Bit 5

B3, Bit 5

B4, Bit 5

D4

0

B1, Bit 4

B2, Bit 4

B3, Bit 4

B4, Bit 4

D3

1

B1, Bit 3

B2, Bit 3

B3, Bit 3

B4, Bit 3

D2

1

B1, Bit 2

B2, Bit 2

B3, Bit 2

B4, Bit 2

D1

0

B1,
PixelBit 1
n

B2, Bit
Pixel n+11

B3, Bit
Pixel n+21

B4, Bit
Pixel n+31

D0

0

B1, Bit 0

B2, Bit 0

B1, Bit 0

B4, Bit 0

18-bits

Frame
Memory

18-bits

R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

Note1. The data order is ad follows, MSB=D17, LSB=D0 and picture data is MSB=Bit 5, LSB=Bit 0 for Red, Green and Blue data.
Note 2.1-times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 18-bits color depth information.
Note 3. ‘-‘ = Don't care - Can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

134

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.3.2.

MCU Data Colour Coding for RAM data Read

- Parallel 8-Bits Bus Interface (IM1, IM0= “00”)
Table 7.3.2.1 8-Bits Parallel Interface Set Table
Register
D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10
Command
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Read
Data Format
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

D9
x
D9
x
x
x

D8
x
D8
x
x
x

D7
0
D7
R5
G5
B5

D6
0
D6
R4
G4
B4

D5
1
D5
R3
G3
B3

D4
0
D4
R2
G2
B2

D3
1
D3
R1
G1
B1

D2
1
D2
R0
G0
B0

D1
1
D1
x
x
x

D0
0
D0
x
x
x

Command
2EH
Colour

D9
x
D9
x
x
x

D8
x
D8
x
x
x

D7
0
D7
G5
R5
B5

D6
0
D6
G4
R4
B4

D5
1
D5
G3
R3
B3

D4
0
D4
G2
R2
B2

D3
1
D3
G1
R1
B1

D2
1
D2
G0
R0
B0

D1
1
D1
x
x
x

D0
0
D0
x
x
x

D9
x
D9
x
x

D8
x
D8
R5
G2

D7
0
D7
R4
G1

D6
0
D6
R3
G0

D5
1
D5
R2
B5

D4
0
D4
R1
B4

D3
1
D3
R0
B3

D2
1
D2
G5
B2

D1
1
D1
G4
B1

D0
0
D0
G3
B0

Register
2EH
Colour
262K-Colour
(1-pixels/ 2bytes)

D8
x

D7
0

D6
0

D5
1

D4
0

D3
1

D2
1

D1
1

D0
0

Register
2EH

G2

G1

G0

B5

B4

B3

B2

B1

B0

262K-Colour

262K-Colour
(1-pixels/ 3byyes)

- Parallel 16-Bits Bus Interface (IM1, IM0= “01”)
Table 7.3.2.2 16-Bits Parallel Interface Set Table
Register
D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10
Command
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10
x
x
R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R0
Read
Data Format
x
x
B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0
x
x
G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G0

Command
2EH
Colour
262K-Colour
(2-pixels/ 3byyes)

- Parallel 9-Bits Parallel Interface (IM1, IM0= “10”)
Table 7.3.2.3 9-Bits Parallel Interface Set Table
Register
D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10
Command
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10
Read
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Data Format
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

- Parallel 18-Bits Parallel Interface (IM1, IM0= “11”)
Table 7.3.2.4 18-Bits Parallel Interface Set Table
Register
D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9
Command
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Read
R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R0 G5 G4 G3
Data Format
Note . ‘x’ Don’t care, but need to set VDDIO or DGND level.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

135

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.3.2.1 Parallel 8-Bits Bus Interface for RAM Data Read (IM1, IM0= “00”)
There are 1 pixels (3 sub-pixels) per 3-bytes. (RGB 6-6-6-bits output)

RESX

‘1’
IM1, IM0 = ”00”

IM1/IM0
CSX
D/CX
RDX
WRX
R/WX

‘1’
‘0’

8080-Series control pins
6800-Series control pins

‘1’

E
D7

0

---

R1, Bit 5

G1, Bit 5

B1, Bit 5

D6

0

---

R1, Bit 4

G1, Bit 4

B1, Bit 4

D5

1

---

R1, Bit 3

G1, Bit 3

B1, Bit 3

D4

0

---

R1, Bit 2

G1, Bit 2

B1, Bit 2

D3

1

---

R1, Bit 1

G1, Bit 1

B1, Bit 1

D2

1

---

R1, Bit 0

G1, Bit 0

B1, Bit 0

D1

1

---

-

-

-

D0

0

---

-

-

-

Dummy Pixel

Pixel n
18-bits

Frame
Memory

R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

Note1. The data order is ad follows, MSB=D7, LSB=D0 and picture data is MSB=Bit 5, LSB=Bit 0 for Red, Green and Blue data.
Note 2.3-times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 18-bits color depth information.
Note 3. ‘-‘ = Don't care - Can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

136

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.3.2.2 Parallel 16-Bits Bus Interface for RAM Data Read (IM1, IM0= “01”)

There are 2 pixel (6 sub-pixels) per 3 bytes (RGB 6-6-6-bits output)

RESX

‘1’
IM1, IM0 = ”01”

IM1/IM0
CSX
D/CX
RDX
WRX
R/WX

‘1’
‘0’

8080-Series control pins
6800-Series control pins

‘1’

E
D15

-

---

R1, Bit 5

B1, Bit 5

G2, Bit 5

D14

-

---

R1, Bit 4

B1, Bit 4

G2, Bit 4

D13

-

---

R1, Bit 3

B1, Bit 3

G2, Bit 3

D12

-

---

R1, Bit 2

B1, Bit 2

G2, Bit 2

D11

-

---

R1, Bit 1

B1, Bit 1

G2, Bit 1

D10

-

---

R1, Bit 0

B1, Bit 0

G2, Bit 0

D9

-

---

-

-

-

D8

-

---

-

-

-

D7

0

---

G1, Bit 5

R2, Bit 5

B2, Bit 5

D6

0

---

G1, Bit 4

R2, Bit 4

B2, Bit 4

D5

1

---

G1, Bit 3

R2, Bit 3

B2, Bit 3

D4

0

---

G1, Bit 2

R2, Bit 2

B2, Bit 2

D3

1

---

G1, Bit 1

R2, Bit 1

B2, Bit 1

D2

1

---

G1, Bit 0

R2, Bit 0

B2, Bit 0

D1

1

---

-

-

-

D0

0

---

-

-

-

Dummy Pixel

Pixel n

Pixel n+1

18-bits

Frame
Memory

18-bits

R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

Note1. The data order is ad follows, MSB=D15, LSB=D0 and picture data is MSB=Bit 5, LSB=Bit 0 for Red, Green and Blue data.
Note 2.3-times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 18-bits color depth information.
Note 3. ‘-‘ = Don't care - Can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

137

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.3.2.3 Parallel 9-Bits Bus Interface for RAM Data Read (IM1, IM0= “10”)

There are 1 pixel (3 sub-pixels) per 2 bytes (RGB 6-6-6-bits output)

RESX

‘1’
IM1, IM0 = ”10”

IM1/IM0
CSX
D/CX
RDX
WRX
R/WX

‘1’
‘0’

8080-Series control pins
6800-Series control pins

‘1’

E
D8

-

---

R1, Bit 5

G1, Bit 2

R2, Bit 5

D7

0

---

R1, Bit 4

G1, Bit 1

R2, Bit 4

D6

0

---

R1, Bit 3

G1, Bit 0

R2, Bit 3

D5

1

---

R1, Bit 2

B1, Bit 5

R2, Bit 2

D4

0

---

R1, Bit 0

B1, Bit 4

R2, Bit 1

D3

1

---

R1, Bit 0

B1, Bit 3

R2, Bit 0

D2

1

---

G1, Bit 5

B1, Bit 2

G2, Bit 5

D1

1

---

G1, Bit 4

B1, Bit 1

G2, Bit 4

D0

0

---

G1, Bit 3

B1, Bit 0

G2, Bit 3

Dummy Pixel

Pixel n

Pixel n+1
18-bits

Frame
Memory

18-bits

R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

Note1. The data order is ad follows, MSB=D8, LSB=D0 and picture data is MSB=Bit 5, LSB=Bit 0 for Red, Green and Blue data.
Note 2.3-times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 18-bit color depth information.
Note 3. ‘-‘ = Don't care - Can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

138

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.3.2.4 Parallel 18-Bits Bus Interface for RAM Data Read (IM1, IM0= “11”)

There are 1 pixel (3 sub-pixels) per 1 bytes (RGB 6-6-6-bits output)

RESX

‘1’
IM1, IM0 = ”11”

IM1/IM0
CSX
D/CX
RDX
WRX
R/WX

‘1’
‘0’

8080-Series control pins
6800-Series control pins

‘1’

E
D17

-

---

R1, Bit 5

R2, Bit 5

R3, Bit5

D16

-

---

R1, Bit 4

R2, Bit 4

R3, Bit5

D15

-

---

R1, Bit 3

R2, Bit 3

R3, Bit 3

D14

-

---

R1, Bit 2

R2, Bit 2

R3, Bit 2

D13

-

---

R1, Bit 1

R2, Bit 1

R3, Bit 1

D12

-

---

R1, Bit 0

R2, Bit 0

R3, Bit 0

D11

-

--

G1, Bit 5

G2, Bit 5

G3, Bit 5

D10

-

---

G1, Bit 4

G2, Bit 4

G3, Bit 4

D9

-

---

G1, Bit 3

G2, Bit 3

G3, Bit 3

D8

-

---

G1, Bit 2

G2, Bit 2

G3, Bit 2

D7

0

---

G1, Bit 1

G2, Bit 1

G3, Bit 1

D6

0

--

G1, Bit 0

G2, Bit 0

G3, Bit 0

D5

1

---

B1, Bit 5

B2, Bit 5

B3, Bit 5

D4

0

---

B1, Bit 4

B2, Bit 4

B3, Bit 4

D3

1

---

B1, Bit 3

B2, Bit 3

B3, Bit 3

D2

1

---

B1, Bit 2

B2, Bit 2

B3, Bit 2

D1

1

---

B1, Bit 1

B2, Bit 1

B3, Bit 1

D0

0

---

B1, Bit 0

Dummy Pixel

Pixel n

B2, Bit 0

Pixel n+1

18-bits

Frame
Memory

B1, Bit 0

Pixel n+2

18-bits

R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

Note1. The data order is ad follows, MSB=D17, LSB=D0 and picture data is MSB=Bit 5, LSB=Bit 0 for Red, Green and Blue data.
Note 2.1-times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 18-bits color depth information.
Note 3. ‘-‘ = Don't care - Can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

139

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.3.3.

Serial Interface (IM2 = ‘0’)

Different display data formats are available for three colors depth supported by the LCM listed below.
- 4K-Colours, RGB 4,4,4-bits input data. (3AH=”03h”)
- 65K-Colours, RGB 5,6,5-bits input data. (3AH=”05h”)
- 262K-Colours, RGB 6,6,6-bits input data. (3AH=”06h”)

7.3.3.1 Write data for 12-bits/pixel (RGB 4-4-4-bits input), 4K-colours, 3AH=”03h”

RESX

‘1’

IM2

‘0’

IM1,IM0= “xx”

CSX
Pixel n
D8

SDA

1

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

Pixel n+1

D1

D0

D8

R13 R12 R11 R10 G13 G12 G11 G10

1

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

D8

B13 B12 B11 B10 R23 R22 R21 R20

1

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

G23 G22 G21 G20 B23 B22 B21 B20

SCL
12-bits

12-bits

Look-Up Table for 4K-colors mapping (12-Bits to 18-Bits)
18-bits
Frame
Memory

18-bits

R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

Note 1. pixel data with the 12-bits color depth information
Note 2. The most significant bits are: Rx3, Gx3 and Bx3
Note 3. The least significant bits are: Rx0, Gx0 and Bx0
Note 4. ‘-‘ = Don't care - Can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

140

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.3.3.2 Write data for 16-bits/pixel (RGB 5-6-5-bits input), 65K-colours, 3AH=”05h”

RESX

‘1’

IM2

‘0’

IM1,IM0= “xx”

CSX
Pixel n
D8

SDA

1

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

R14 R13 R12 R11 R10 G15 G14 G13

1

Pixel n+1

D8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

D8

G12 G11 G10 B14 B13 B12 B11 B10

1

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

R24 R23 R22 R21 R20 G25 G24 G23

SCL
16-bits

Look-Up Table for 65k-colors mapping (16-Bits to 18-Bits)
18-bits
Frame
Memory

R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

Note 1. pixel data with the 16-bits color depth information
Note 2. The most significant bits are: Rx4, Gx5 and Bx4
Note 3. The least significant bits are: Rx0, Gx0 and Bx0
Note 4. ‘-‘ = Don't care - Can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

7.3.3.3 Write data for 18-bits/pixel (RGB 6-6-6-bits input), 262K-colours, 3AH=”06h”

RESX

‘1’

IM2

‘0’

IM1,IM0= “xx”

CSX
Pixel n
D8

SDA

1

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

R15 R14 R13 R12 R11 R10

D1

D0

D8

-

-

1

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

G15 G14 G13 G12 G11 G10

D1

D0

D8

-

-

1

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

B15 B14 B13 B12 B11 B10

D1

D0

-

-

SCL
18-bits
Frame
Memory

R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

Note 1. pixel data with the 18-bits color depth information
Note 2. The most significant bits are: Rx5, Gx5 and Bx5
Note 3. The least significant bits are: Rx0, Gx0 and Bx0
Note 4. ‘-‘ = Don't care - Can be set to VDDIO or DGND level

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

141

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.4. RGB interface
7.4.1.

General Description

The module uses 6, 16 and 18-bits parallel RGB interface which includes: VS, HS, DE, PCLK, D[17:0]. The interface is activated after
Power On sequence.
Pixel clock (PCLK) is running all the time without stoping and it is used to entering VS, HS, DE and D[17:0] states when there is a rising
edge of the PCLK. The PCLK cannot be used as continues internal clock for other functions of the display module e.g. Sleep In –mode etc.
Vertical synchronization (VS) is used to tell when there is received a new frame of the display. This is negative (‘0’, low) active and its state
is read to the display module by a rising edge of he PCLK signal.
Horizontal synchronization (HS) is used to tell when there is received a new line of the frame. This is negative (‘0’, low) active and its state
is read to the display module by a rising edge of the PCLK signal.
Data Enable (DE) is used to tell when there is received a RGB information that should be transferred on the display. This is a positive (‘1’,
high) active and its state is read to the display module by a rising edge of the PCLK signal.
D[17:0] (18-bit: R5-R0, G5-G0 and B5-B0; 16-bit: R4-R0, G5-G0 and B4-B0) are used to tell what is the information of the image that is
transferred on the display (When DE=’1’ and there is a rising edge of PCLK). D[17:0] can be ‘0’ (low) or ‘1’ (high). These lines are read by a
rising edge of the PCLK signal.
The PCLK cycle is described in the following figure.

PCLK
VS, HS, DE
D[17:0]

The host changes D[17:0], VS,
HS and DE lines when there is a
falling edge of the PCLK

The driver read the D[17:0], VS,
HS and DE lines when there is a
falling edge of the PCLK

Fig. 7.4.1 PCLK cycle

Note: PCLK is an unsynchronized signal (It can be stopped).

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

142

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.4.2.

General Timing Diagram

Vertical Sync.
0 1
VS

Invisible Image
= Timing information what is not possible to see on the display
= Blanking Time

VBP

DE = ‘0’ (Low)
Visible Image
= Image which can see on the display
= Active

VP

DE = ‘1’ (high)

HDISP

VFP

Horizontal Sync.

1
0
HPW

HBP

HDISP

HFP

HP
Fig. 7.4.2 RGB General Timing diagram
The image information must be correct on the display, when the timings are in range on the interface.
However, the image information can be incorrect on the display, when timings are not out of range on the interface (Out of the range timings
cannot on the host side). The correct image information must be displayed automatically (by the display module) on the next frame (vertical
sync.) when there is returned from out of the range to in range interface timing.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

143

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.4.3.

Updating Order on Display Active Area (Normal Display Mode On + Sleep Out)

There is defined different kind of updating orders for display. These updating orders are controlled by H/W (SMX, SMY) and S/W (MX, MY,)
bits.

Physical
(0,0)
Point

Physical
(0,0)
Point
Start Point
(0,0)

Active areaa on the LCD

Active area on the LCD
Vertical
Active counter (0-161)

Vertical
Active counter (0-161)

End Point
(131,161)
Horizontal
Active counter (0-131)

End Point
(131,161)
Horizontal
Active counter (0-131)

Fig. 7.4.3.1 Updating order when MADCTL’s
MX=’0’ and MY = ‘0’

Fig. 7.4.3.2 Updating order when MADCTL’s
MX=’1’ and MY = ‘0’

Physical
(0,0)
Point

Physical
(0,0)
Point
Active area on the LCD

End Point
(131,161)

End Point
(0,0)

Active area on the LCD

Vertical
Active counter (0-161)

Vertical
Active counter (0-161)

Start Point
(0,0)

Start Point
(0,0)

Start Point
(131,161)

Horizontal
Active counter (0-131)

Horizontal
Active counter (0-131)

Fig. 7.4.3.3 Updating order when MADCTL’s
MX=’0’ and MY = ‘1’

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Fig. 7.4.3.4 Updating order when MADCTL’s
MX=’1’ and MY = ‘1’

144

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Table 7.4.3.1 Rules for Updating Order
Condition
An active VS signal is received
Signal Pixel information of the active area is received
An active HS signal between two active area lines
The Horizontal counter is larger than 127 and the Vertical counter is larger than 159
Note 1. Pixel order is RGB on the display.

Horizontal
Counter
Return to 0
Increment by 1
Return to 0
Return to 0

Vertical
Counter
Return to 0
No change
Increment by 1
Return to 0

Note 2. Data streaming direction from the host to the display is described in the following figure.

B

Data Stream from RGB I/F is like in this figure

Orisetech
E
Fig. 7.4.3.5 Data streaming order from RGB I/F

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

145

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.4.4.

RGB Interface Bus Width set

All 4-kinds of bus width can be available during RGB interface mode (selected by COLMOD (3Ah) command for 8-bits, 16-bits and 18-bits
data width)

Table 7.4.4.1 RGB interface Bus Width Set Table
VIPF[3:0] D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10

D9

D8

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

Bus width
16-bits
data
18-bits
data
Bus width

0101

R4

R3

R2

R1

R0

x

G5

G4

G3

G2

G1

G0

B4

B3

B2

B1

B0

x

0110

R5

R4

R3

R2

R1

R0

G5

G4

G3

G2

G1

G0

B5

B4

B3

B2

B1

B0

D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

D9
x
x
x

D8
x
x
x

D7
R5
G5
B5

D6
R4
G4
B4

D5
R3
G3
B3

D4
R2
G2
B2

D3
R1
G1
B1

D2
R0
G0
B0

D1
x
x
x

D0
x
x 6-bits data
x

VIPF[3:0]
1110

Note 1: When VIPF[3:0]=”1110”, 6-bits data width of 3-times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 18-bits color depth information.
Note 2: Only VIPF[3:0]= ”0101”,”0110” and “1110” are valid on RGB I/F, Others are invalid.
Note 3. ‘x’ Don’t care, but need to set VDDIO or DGND level.

7.4.5.

RGB Interface Mode Set

Table 7.4.5.1 RGB Interface Mode Set
RGB I/F Mode

PCLK

DE

VS

HS

RGB Mode 1
RGB Mode 2

Used
Used

Used
Used

Used
Used

Used
Used

Video Data bus
D[17:0]
Used
Used

Register for Blanking
Porch setting
Not Used
Used

Reference clock for
Display
Internal Oscillator
Internal Oscillator

There are 2-kinds of RGB mode which is selected by RCM1 & RCM0 hardware pins.

In RGB Mode 1 (RCM1, RCM0 = “10”), writing data to frame memory is done by PCLK and Video Data Bus (D[17:0]), when DE is high
state. The external synchronization signals (PCLK, VS and HS) are used for internal display signals. So, controller (host) must always
transfer PCLK, VS, HS and DE signals to SPFD54124B.

In RGB Mode 2 (RCM1, RCM0 = “11”), blanking porch setting of VS and HS signals are defined by RGBBPCTR (B5h) command. When DE
pin is high, valid data is directly stored to frame memory.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

146

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.4.6.

RGB Interface Timing Diagram

7.4.6.1 General Timings for RGB I/F

TVSST
TVSST

VIH

VS

VIL

THSST

VIH

HS

THSHT

VIL

TPCLKCYC

PCLK

TVSHT

TPCLKHT
TPCLKLT

VIH
VIL

TDST/TDEST

D[17:0]
DE

TDHT/TDEHT

VIH
VIL

Fig. 7.4.6.1.1 General Timing for RGB I/F
Table 7.4.6.1.1 General Timing for RGB I/F
Item
Pixel low pulse width
Pixel high pulse width
Vertical Sync. set-up time
Vertical Sync. hold time
Horizontal Sync. set-up time
Horizontal Sync. hold time
Data Enable set-up time
Data Enable hold time
Data set-up time
Data hold time

Symbol

Condition

TPCLKLT
TPCLKHT
TVSST
TVSSHT
THSST
TVSSHT
TDEST
TDEHT
TDST
TDHT

Min

Specification
Type.

15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15

Max

Unit

ns
ns
ns
ns

Note 1: VDDIO=1.6 to 3.6V, VDD=2.6 to 3.6V, AGND=DGND=0V, Ta=-30 to 70℃ (to +85℃ no damage)
Note 2: The input signal rise time and fall time (tr, tf) is specified at 15 ns or less.
Note 3. Data lines can be set to “High” or “Low” during blanking time – Don’t care.
Note 4. Logic high and low levels are specified as 30% and 70% of VDDIO for Input signals.
Note 5. HP is multiples of eight PCLK.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

147

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B

N Frame

VS

N+1 Frame

N+2 Frame

HS
PCLK
DE *
DE **
Don’t care

Data Bus
Frame data
Frame data
Updating from
Data bus

Frame data
Updating from
SDA

Data transfer (ICM=’0’)

RAM write command (2Ch)

DE* : RGB Mode 1
DE** : RGB Mode 2

Address set command (2Ah), (2Bh)
Data transfer (ICM=’1’)

Fig. 7.4.6.1.2 RAM Access via SPI Interface in RGB Mode
Note: DP=’0’, EP=’0’, HSP=’0’ and VSP=’0’ of RGBCTR (B0h) command.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

148

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.4.6.2 RGB Interface Mode 1 Timing Diagram

1-Frame (TVP)
V Back Porch (TVS+TVBP)

VS

V Front Porch (TVFP)

HS
DE

1-Line (THP)
H Back Porch (THS+THBP)

HS

Valid data area (THDISP)

H Front Porch (THFP)

PCLK
DE
Data Bus
Latch data

In-Valid
In-Valid

D1 D2 D3 D4 D5

In-Valid

Dn

Dn

D1 D2 D3 D4 D5

RAM WEN
Fig. 7.4.6.2.1 RGB Mode 1 Timing Diagram

Note: DP=’0’, EP=’0’, HSP=’0’ and VSP=’0’ of RGBCTR (B0h) command.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

149

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Vertical Timing for RGB I/F
VS
TVFP

D
[17:0]

TVS

TVBP

TVFP

Note 3

Note 3

TVBL

TDSIP

DE
TVP

HS
Horizontal Timing for RGB I/F
HS
THFP

THS

THBP

THDSIP

THFP

DE
THBL

D
[17:0]

Note 3
TPCLK

Note 3
THP

PCLK
Fig. 7.4.6.2.2 Vertical and Horizontal timing for RGB I/F

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

150

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Table 7.4.6.2.1 Vertical and Horizontal Timing for RGB I/F
Item

Symbol

Condition

Vertical cycle period

TVP

GM=”00” & “01”
GM=”10”

Vertical low pulse width
Vertical front porch
Vertical back porch
Vertical data start line
Vertical blanking period

TVS
TVFP
TVBP

Min

Specification
Type.

Max

Unit

Vertical Timing

TVBL

Vertical active area

TVDISP

Vertical refresh rate
Horizontal Timing

TVRR

Horizontal cycle period

THP

Horizontal low pulse width
Horizontal front porch
Horizontal back porch

TVS + TVBP
TVS + TVBP + TVFP
GM=”00” & “01”
GM=”10”
Frame rate
GM=”00” & “10”
GM=”01”

THS
THFP
THBP
THS + THBP
ffHS + fHBP

Horizontal data start point
Horizontal blanking period
Horizontal active area

Pixel clock cycle

THBL
THDISP
TPCLKCYC
fPCLKCYC
TPCLKCYC
fPCLKCYC
TPCLKCYC
fPCLKCYC

GM=”00” & “10”
GM=”01”
GM=”00”
TVRR=65Hz
GM=”01”
TVRR=65Hz
GM=”10”
TVRR=65Hz

166
134
2
2
2
4
6

61.75

172
140
4
4
4
8
12

160
152
2
2
2
30
1.0
32

68.25

Hz

745
745
256
256
256
766

160
128
65

HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS

PCLK
PCLK
PCLK
PCLK
PCLK
PCLK
µs
PCLK
PCLK
PCLK
ns
MHz
ns
MHz
ns
MHz

768
128
120

100
1.7
100
1.6
100
1.4

579
10
610
10
718
10

Note 1. VDDIO=1.6 to 3.6V, VDD=2.6 to 3.6V, AGND=DGND=0V, Ta=-30 to 70℃ (to +85℃ no damage)
Note 2. Data lines can be set to “High” or “Low” during blanking time – Don’t care.
Note 3. HP is multiples of eight PCLK.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

151

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.4.6.3 RGB Interface Mode 2 Timing Diagram

1-Frame (TVP)
V Back Porch (TVS+TVBP)

VS

V Front Porch (TVFP)

HS
DE

1-Line (THP)
H Back Porch (THS+THBP)

HS

Valid data area (THDISP)

H Front Porch (THFP)

PCLK
DE
Data Bus
Latch data

In-Valid

D1 D2 D3 D4 D5

In-Valid

In-Valid

Dn

Dn

D1 D2 D3 D4 D5

RAM WEN
Fig. 7.4.6.3.1 RGB Mode 2 Timing Diagram

1-Frame (TVP = 164Hs)
TVS+TVBP = 3Hs

VS

TVDISP= 160Hs

TVFP = 1Hs

HS
Line 1

Line 320

DE
Fig. 7.4.6.3.2 RGB Mode 2 Vertical Timing Diagram

Note: DP=’0’, EP=’0’, HSP=’0’ and VSP=’0’ of RGBCTR (B0h) command.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

152

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B

-128xRGBx160
THP = 148 PCLK
THS+THBP = 10PCLK

HS
THDISP = 128PCLK

THFP = 10PCLK

PCLK
DE
Data Bus

In-Valid

D1 D2 D3 D4 D5

Dn

In-Valid

Fig. 7.4.6.3.3 RGB Mode 2 Horizontal Timing Diagram

Note: DP=’0’, EP=’0’, HSP=’0’ and VSP=’0’ of RGBCTR (B0h) command.
IDM
VS
Data Bus

Full-color mode

Idle mode

Full-color mode

Fig. 7.4.6.3.4 RGB Mode 2 Idle mode Timing Diagram

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

153

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Vertical Timing for RGB I/F
VS
TVFP

D
[17:0]

TVS

TVBP

TVFP

Note 3

Note 3

TVBL

TDSIP

DE
TVP

HS
Horizontal Timing for RGB I/F
HS
THFP

THS

THBP

THDSIP

THFP

DE
THBL

D
[17:0]

Note 3
TPCLK

Note 3
THP

PCLK
Fig. 7.4.6.3.5 Vertical and Horizontal timing for RGB I/F

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

154

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Table 7.4.6.3.1 Vertical and Horizontal Timing for RGB I/F
Item

Symbol

Min

Specification
Type.

GM=”00” & “01”

163

164

GM=”10”

131

132

Condition

Max

Unit

Vertical Timing

Vertical cycle period

TVP

Vertical low pulse width
Vertical front porch
Vertical back porch
Vertical data start line
Vertical blanking period

TVS
TVFP
TVBP
TVBL

Vertical active area

TVDISP

Vertical refresh rate
Horizontal Timing

TVRR

Horizontal cycle period

THP

Horizontal low pulse width
Horizontal front porch
Horizontal back porch

TVS + TVBP
TVS + TVBP + TVFP
GM=”00” & “01”
GM=”10”
Frame rate
GM=”00” & “10”
GM=”01”

THS
THFP
THBP

Horizontal data start point
Horizontal blanking period
Horizontal active area

Pixel clock cycle

THBL
THDISP
TPCLKCYC
fPCLKCYC
TPCLKCYC
fPCLKCYC
TPCLKCYC
fPCLKCYC

THS + THBP
ffHS + fHBP
THS + THBP + THFP
GM=”00” & “10”
GM=”01”
(GM=’0’)
(GM=’1’)

1
1
1
2
3

61.75
131
123
1
1
1
1
TBD
3

100
1.39
100
1.30
100
1.12

1
3
4
160
128
65
148
140

10
20
128
120
634
1.58
670
1.49
788
1.27

HS
HS
4
1023
1022
1023
1023

68.25
511
511
63
63
62
63
256

720
10
767
10
896
10

HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
Hz
PCLK
PCLK
PCLK
PCLK
PCLK
PCLK
µs
PCLK
PCLK
PCLK
Ns
MHz
Ns
MHz
Ns
MHz

Note 1. VDDIO=1.6 to 3.6V, VDD=2.6 to 3.6V, AGND=DGND=0V, Ta=-30 to 70℃ (to +85℃ no damage)
Note 2. Data lines can be set to “High” or “Low” during blanking time – Don’t care.
Note 3. HP is multiples of eight PCLK.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

155

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.4.6.4 Power On Sequence on RGB Mode 2

The Driver operates power up and display ON by VDD, VDDIO, SHUT, VS, HS, DE, PCLK on RGB mode 2 as show as following figure.

VDDIO

TVDD-VDDIO

VDD
RESX
SHUT
PCLK

TRS-SH

TVDD-SH

TPCLK -SH

HS
DE
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

VS

Host
Driver IC

Display High
Voltage

TSH-LCD

Display ON
Display OFF

Display

TSH-ON

Normal Display
Normal Display

Source Output
Blanking Display (Over 1 frame display)

VCOM Output

Normal Display

Gate Output
Internal Counter
Internal oscillator
Fig. 7.4.6.4.1 Power On Sequence on RGB Mode 2

Table 7.4.6.4.1 Power ON AC Characteristics
Characteristics
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Remark
VDDIO On to VDD On
TVDDIO-VDD
0
ns
Note1
VDDIO/VDD on to falling edge of SHUT
TVDD-SH
1
ms
RESX to falling of SHUT
TRS-SH
10
us
Signals input to falling edge of SHUT *
TCLK-SH
1
PCLK
Note2
Falling edge of SHUT to LCD power ON
TSH-LCD
120
ms
Falling edge of SHUT to Display start
TSH-ON
10
VS
Note 1: TVDDIO-VDD can be & lt; =0ns, & gt; 0ns. In any case, VDDIO and VDD power up sequence should not have any impact on the driver / display
functionalities / performance.
Note 2: Signals mean VS, HS, DE and PCLK signal.
Note 3: DP=’0’, EP=’0’, HSP=’0’ and VSP=’0’ of RGBCTR (B0h) command.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

156

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.4.6.5 Power OFF Sequence on RGB Mode 2

The Driver operates power off and display OFF by VDD, VDDIO, SHUT, VS, HS and DE on RGB mode 2 as show as following figure.

VDDIO

TVDD-VDDIO

VDD
RESX
SHUT

TOFF-VDD

PCLK
HS

TSH-OFF

DE
VS

Host
Driver IC

Display High
Voltage

Display ON

Display OFF

Display

Normal Display

Source Output

Normal Display

0V

VCOM Output

Normal Display

0V

Blanking Display (Over 1 frame display)

Gate Output
Internal Counter
Internal oscillator
Fig. 7.4.6.5.1 Power OFF Sequence on RGB Mode 2

Table 7.4.6.5.1 Power OFF AC Characteristics
Characteristics
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Remark
VDDIO On to VDD On
TVDDIO-VDD
0
ns
Note1
Signals input to VDDIO/VDD off
TSH-OFF
1
us
Note2
Rising edge of SHUT to Display off
TSH-OFF
2
VS
Note 1: TVDDIO-VDD can be & lt; =0ns, & gt; 0ns. In any case, VDDIO and VDD power up sequence should not have any impact on the driver / display
functionalities / performance.
Note 2: Signals mean VS, HS, DE and PCLK signal.
Note 3: DP=’0’, EP=’0’, HSP=’0’ and VSP=’0’ of RGBCTR (B0h) command.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

157

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.4.7.

RGB Data Color Coding

7.4.7.1 16-bits/pixel Colour Order on the RGB Interface

RESX

‘1’
RCM = ‘1’

RCMx
VS

‘1’

HS

‘1’

DE

‘1’

PCLK
D17, R4

R1, Bit 4

R2, Bit 4

R3, Bit 4

R4, Bit 4

R5, Bit 4

D16, R3

R1, Bit 3

R2, Bit 3

R3, Bit 3

R4, Bit 3

R5, Bit 3

D15, R2

R1, Bit 2

R2, Bit 2

R3, Bit 2

R4, Bit 2

R5, Bit 2

D14, R1

R1, Bit 1

R2, Bit 1

R3, Bit 1

R4, Bit 1

R5, Bit 1

D13, R0

R1, Bit 0

R2, Bit 0

R3, Bit 0

R4, Bit 0

R5, Bit 0

D12

-

-

-

-

-

D11, G5

G1, Bit 5

G2, Bit 5

G3, Bit 5

G4, Bit 5

G5, Bit 5

D10, G4

G1, Bit 4

G2, Bit 4

G3, Bit 4

G4, Bit 4

G5, Bit 4

D9, G3

G1, Bit 3

G2, Bit 3

G3, Bit 3

G4, Bit 3

G5, Bit 3

D8, G2

G1, Bit 2

G2, Bit 2

G3, Bit 2

G4, Bit 2

G5, Bit 2

D7, G1

G1, Bit 1

G2, Bit 1

G3, Bit 1

G4, Bit 1

G5, Bit 1

D6, G0

G1, Bit 0

G2, Bit 0

G3, Bit 0

G4, Bit 0

G5, Bit 0

D5, B4

B1, Bit 4

B2, Bit 4

B3, Bit 4

B4, Bit 4

B5, Bit 4

D4, B3

B1, Bit 3

B2, Bit 3

B3, Bit 3

B4, Bit 3

B5, Bit 3

D3, B2

B1, Bit 2

B2, Bit 2

B3, Bit 2

B4, Bit 2

B5, Bit 2

D2, B1

B1, Bit 1

B2, Bit 1

B3, Bit 1

B4, Bit 1

B5, Bit 1

D1, B0

B1, Bit 0

B2, Bit 0

B3, Bit 0

B4, Bit 0

B5, Bit 0

D0

-

-

-

-

-

Pixel n

Pixel n+1

Pixel n+2

Pixel n+3

Pixel n+4

16-bits
16-bits
16-bits
Look-Up Table for 65K-colors or data mapping (16-Bits to 18-Bits)
Frame
Memory

18-bits

18-bits

R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

Note 1: The data order is as follows, MSB=D23, LSB=D0 and picture data is MSB=Bit5, LSB=Bit0 for Green data and MSB=Bit4, LSB=Bit0
for Red and Blue data.
Note 2. ‘-’ Don’t care, but need set to VDDIO or DGND level.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

158

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.4.7.2 18-bits/pixel Colour Order on the RGB Interface

RESX
RCM

‘1’
IM1=’0’ / IM0=’0’

VS

‘1’

HS

‘1’

DE

‘1’

WRX
D17, R6

R1, Bit 5

R2, Bit 5

R3, Bit 5

R4, Bit 5

R5, Bit 5

D16, R5

R1, Bit 4

R2, Bit 4

R3, Bit 4

R4, Bit 4

R5, Bit 4

D15, R4

R1, Bit 3

R2, Bit 3

R3, Bit 3

R4, Bit 3

R5, Bit 3

D14, R3

R1, Bit 2

R2, Bit 2

R3, Bit 2

R4, Bit 2

R5, Bit 2

D13, R2

R1, Bit 1

R2, Bit 1

R3, Bit 1

R4, Bit 1

R5, Bit 1

D12, R1

R1, Bit 0

R2, Bit 0

R3, Bit 0

R4, Bit 0

R5, Bit 0

D11, G5

G1, Bit 5

G2, Bit 5

G3, Bit 5

G4, Bit 5

G5, Bit 5

D10, G4

G1, Bit 4

G2, Bit 4

G3, Bit 4

G4, Bit 4

G5, Bit 4

D9, G3

G1, Bit 3

G2, Bit 3

G3, Bit 3

G4, Bit 3

G5, Bit 3

D8, G2

G1, Bit 2

G2, Bit 2

G3, Bit 2

G4, Bit 2

G5, Bit 2

D7, G1

G1, Bit 1

G2, Bit 1

G3, Bit 1

G4, Bit 1

G5, Bit 1

D6, G0

G1, Bit 0

G2, Bit 0

G3, Bit 0

G4, Bit 0

G5, Bit 0

D5, B5

B1, Bit 5

B2, Bit 5

B3, Bit 5

B4, Bit 5

B5, Bit 5

D4, B4

B1, Bit 4

B2, Bit 4

B3, Bit 4

B4, Bit 4

B5, Bit 4

D3, B3

B1, Bit 3

B2, Bit 3

B3, Bit 3

B4, Bit 3

B5, Bit 3

D2, B2

B1, Bit 2

B2, Bit 2

B3, Bit 2

B4, Bit 2

B5, Bit 2

D1, B1

B1, Bit 1

B2, Bit 1

B3, Bit 1

B4, Bit 1

B5, Bit 1

D0, B0

B1, Bit 0

B2, Bit 0

B3, Bit 0

B4, Bit 0

B5, Bit 0

Pixel n
Frame
Memory

18-bit

Pixel n+1
18-bit

Pixel n+2

Pixel n+3

Pixel n+4

18-bit

R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

Note 1: The data order is as follows, MSB=D23, LSB=D0 and picture data is MSB=Bit5, LSB=Bit0 for Red, Green and Blue data.
Note 2. ‘-’ Don’t care, but need set to VDDIO or DGND level.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

159

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.4.7.3 6-bits/pixel Colour Order on the RGB Interface

RESX
RCM

‘1’
IM1=’0’ / IM0=’0’

VS

‘1’

HS

‘1’

DE

‘1’

WRX
D17

-

-

-

-

-

D16

-

-

-

-

-

D9

-

-

-

-

-

D8

-

-

-

-

-

D7

R1, Bit 5

G1, Bit 5

B1, Bit 5

R2, Bit 5

G2, Bit 5

D6

R1, Bit 4

G1, Bit 4

B1, Bit 4

R2, Bit 4

G2, Bit 4

D5

R1, Bit 3

G1, Bit 3

B1, Bit 3

R2, Bit 3

G2, Bit 3

D4

R1, Bit 2

G1, Bit 2

B1, Bit 2

R1, Bit 2

G2, Bit 2

D3

R1, Bit 1

G1, Bit 1

B1, Bit 1

R2, Bit 1

G2, Bit 1

D2

R1, Bit 0

G1, Bit 0

B1, Bit 0

R2, Bit 0

G2, Bit 0

D1

-

-

-

-

-

D0

-

-

-

-

-

Pixel n

Pixel n+1

8-bit
Frame
Memory

R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

Note 1: The data order is as follows, MSB=D17, LSB=D0 and picture data is MSB=Bit5, LSB=Bit0 for Red, Green and Blue data.
Note 2. ‘-’ Don’t care, but need set to VDDIO or DGND level.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

160

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.5. Display Data RAM
7.5.1.

Configuration

The display module has an integrated 132x162x18-bit graphic type static RAM. This 384,912-bits memory allows to store on-chip a
132xRGBx162 image with an 18-bpp resolution (262K-color).
There will be no abnormal visible effect on the display when there is a simultaneous Panel Read
and interface Read or Write to the same location of the Frame Memory.

Display Data RAM Organization (GM=’00’)
LCD Glass
(128 x RGB x 160)

Latch

Look-up table

MPU
I/F

Display Data RAM
(128 x 160 x 18-bit)

Row
Address
Counter

Line
Address
Counter
Scan
Address
Counter

Column
Address
Counter
Host Interface

Fig. 7.5.1.1 Display Date RAM Organization

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

161

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.5.2.

Memory to Display Address Mapping

7.5.2.1 When using 128RGB x 160 resolution (GM1, GM0 = “00”, SMX=SMY=SRGB=’0’)

--------

S385 S386 S387 S388 S389 S390

RGB
Order

RGB=1

S12

Pixel 128

RGB=0

S11

Pixel 127

RGB=1

S10

--------

RGB=0

RA

S9

RGB=0

S8
RGB=1

S7
RGB=0

Gate Out Source Out

Pixel 2

RGB=1

Pixel 1

SA

MY=’0’ MY=’1’

ML=’0’ ML=’1’

2

0

159

0

159

3

1

158

--------

1

158

4

2

157

--------

2

157

5

3

156

--------

3

156

6

4

155

--------

4

155

7

5

154

--------

5

154

8

6

153

--------

6

153

9

7

152

--------

7

152

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

154

152

7

--------

152

7

155

153

6

--------

153

6

156

154

5

--------

154

5

157

155

4

--------

155

4

158

156

3

--------

156

3

159

157

2

--------

157

2

160

158

1

--------

158

1

161

159

0

--------

159

0

CA

R0

|
|
|
|
|

G0

|
|
|
|
|

B0

|
|
|
|
|

R1

|
|
|
|
|

G1

|
|
|
|
|

B1

|
|
|
|
|

--------

|
|
|
|
|

R126 G126 B126 R127 G127 B127

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

MX=’0’

0

1

--------

126

127

MX=’1’

127

126

--------

1

|
|
|
|
|

0

Note
RA = Row Address,
CA = Column Address
SA = Scan Address
MX = Mirror X-axis (Column address direction parameter), D6 parameter of MADCTL command
MY = Mirror Y-axis (Column address direction parameter), D7 parameter of MADCTL command
MX =Scan direction parameter, D4 parameter of MADCTL command
RGB = Red, Green and Blue pixel position change, D3 parameter of MADCTL command

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

162

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.5.2.2 When using 120RGB x 160 resolution (GM1, GM0 = “01”, SMX=SMY=SRGB=’0’)

--------

S361 S362 S363 S364 S365 S366

RGB
Order

RGB=1

S12

Pixel 120

RGB=0

S11

Pixel 119

RGB=1

S10

--------

RGB=0

RA

S9

RGB=0

S8
RGB=1

S7
RGB=0

Gate Out Source Out

Pixel 2

RGB=1

Pixel 1

SA

MY=’0’ MY=’1’

ML=’0’ ML=’1’

2

0

159

0

159

3

1

158

--------

1

158

4

2

157

--------

2

157

5

3

156

--------

3

156

6

4

155

--------

4

155

7

5

154

--------

5

154

8

6

153

--------

6

153

9

7

152

--------

7

152

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

154

152

7

--------

152

7

155

153

6

--------

153

6

156

154

5

--------

154

5

157

155

4

--------

155

4

158

156

3

--------

156

3

159

157

2

--------

157

2

160

158

1

--------

158

1

161

159

0

--------

159

0

CA

R0

|
|
|
|
|

G0

|
|
|
|
|

B0

|
|
|
|
|

R1

|
|
|
|
|

G1

|
|
|
|
|

B1

|
|
|
|
|

--------

|
|
|
|
|

R118 G118 B118 R119 G119 B119

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

MX=’0’

0

1

--------

118

119

MX=’1’

119

118

--------

1

|
|
|
|
|

0

Note
RA = Row Address,
CA = Column Address
SA = Scan Address
MX = Mirror X-axis (Column address direction parameter), D6 parameter of MADCTL command
MY = Mirror Y-axis (Column address direction parameter), D7 parameter of MADCTL command
MX =Scan direction parameter, D4 parameter of MADCTL command
RGB = Red, Green and Blue pixel position change, D3 parameter of MADCTL command

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

163

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.5.2.3 When using 128RGB x 128 resolution (GM1, GM0 = “10”, SMX=SMY=SRGB=’0’)

--------

S385 S386 S387 S388 S389 S390

RGB
Order

RGB=1

S12

Pixel 128

RGB=0

S11

Pixel 127

RGB=1

S10

--------

RGB=0

RA

S9

RGB=0

S8
RGB=1

S7
RGB=0

Gate Out Source Out

Pixel 2

RGB=1

Pixel 1

SA

MY=’0’ MY=’1’

ML=’0’ ML=’1’

2

0

127

0

127

3

1

126

--------

1

126

4

2

125

--------

2

125

5

3

124

--------

3

124

6

4

123

--------

4

123

7

5

122

--------

5

122

8

6

121

--------

6

121

9

7

120

--------

7

120

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

122

120

7

--------

120

7

123

121

6

--------

121

6

124

122

5

--------

122

5

125

123

4

--------

123

4

126

124

3

--------

124

3

127

125

2

--------

125

2

128

126

1

--------

126

1

129

127

0

--------

127

0

CA

R0

|
|
|
|
|

G0

|
|
|
|
|

B0

|
|
|
|
|

R1

|
|
|
|
|

G1

|
|
|
|
|

B1

|
|
|
|
|

--------

|
|
|
|
|

R126 G126 B126 R127 G127 B127

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

MX=’0’

0

1

--------

126

127

MX=’1’

127

126

--------

1

|
|
|
|
|

0

Note
RA = Row Address,
CA = Column Address
SA = Scan Address
MX = Mirror X-axis (Column address direction parameter), D6 parameter of MADCTL command
MY = Mirror Y-axis (Column address direction parameter), D7 parameter of MADCTL command
MX =Scan direction parameter, D4 parameter of MADCTL command
RGB = Red, Green and Blue pixel position change, D3 parameter of MADCTL command

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

164

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.5.2.4 When using 132RGB x 162 resolution (GM1, GM0 = “11”, SMX=SMY=SRGB=’0’)

--------

S391 S392 S393 S394 S395 S396

RGB
Order

RGB=1

S6

Pixel 132

RGB=0

S5

Pixel 131

RGB=1

S4

--------

RGB=0

RA

S3

RGB=0

S2
RGB=1

S1
RGB=0

Gate Out Source Out

Pixel 2

RGB=1

Pixel 1

SA

MY=’0’ MY=’1’

ML=’0’ ML=’1’

1

0

161

0

161

2

1

160

--------

1

160

3

2

159

--------

2

159

4

3

158

--------

3

158

5

4

157

--------

4

157

6

5

156

--------

5

156

7

6

155

--------

6

155

8

7

154

--------

7

154

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

155

154

7

--------

154

7

156

155

6

--------

155

6

157

156

5

--------

156

5

158

157

4

--------

157

4

159

158

3

--------

158

3

160

159

2

--------

159

2

161

160

1

--------

160

1

162

161

0

--------

161

0

CA

R0

|
|
|
|
|

G0

|
|
|
|
|

B0

|
|
|
|
|

R1

|
|
|
|
|

G1

|
|
|
|
|

B1

|
|
|
|
|

--------

|
|
|
|
|

R130 G130 B130 R131 G131 B131

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

|
|
|
|
|

MX=’0’

0

1

--------

130

131

MX=’1’

131

130

--------

1

|
|
|
|
|

0

Note
RA = Row Address,
CA = Column Address
SA = Scan Address
MX = Mirror X-axis (Column address direction parameter), D6 parameter of MADCTL command
MY = Mirror Y-axis (Column address direction parameter), D7 parameter of MADCTL command
MX =Scan direction parameter, D4 parameter of MADCTL command
RGB = Red, Green and Blue pixel position change, D3 parameter of MADCTL command

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

165

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.5.3.

Normal Display On or Partial Mode On, Vertical Scroll Off

7.5.3.1 When using 128RGB x 160 resolution (GM1, GM0 = “00”)

In this mode, contents of the frame memory within an area where column pointer is 00h to 7Fh and page pointer is 00h to 9Fh is displayed.
To display a dot on leftmost top corner, store the dot data at (column pointer, row pointer) = (0, 0).

(1) Example for Normal Display On (MX=MY=ML=’0’ ,SMX=SMY=’0’)
128 Columns

128 Columns

Scan
Order

160 Lines

00h 01h ---- ---- 76h 77h ---- 7Fh 83h
00h
01h
02h
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9Eh
9Fh
A0h
A1h

00
10
20
30
40
50
60

01
11
21
31
41
51

0Y
0Y
2Y
3Y
4Y
5Y

0Z
0Z
2Z
3Z
4Z
4Z
6Z

128 x 160 x18 bit
Frame RAM

X0 X1 X2
XX XY XZ
Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 YW YX YY YZ
Z0 Z1 Z2 Z3 ZW ZX ZY ZZ

1
2
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
158
159
160

00
10
20
30
40
50
60

01
11
21
31
41
51

02 03
12 13
22
32
42

0W 0X 0Y
1W 0X 0Y
2X 2Y
3X 3Y
4X 4Y
5Y

0Z G2
0Z G3
2Z G4
3Z |
4Z |
4Z |
6Z |

128 RGB x 160
LCD Panel
S0
U0 U1
V0 V1
W0 W1
X0 X1
Y0 Y1
Z0 Z1

V2
W2
X2
Y2 Y3
Z2 Z3

SZ
UY UZ
VX VY VZ
WX WY WZ
XX XY XZ
YW YX YY YZ
ZW ZX ZY ZZ

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G159
G160
G161

Display area
=160 lines

(2). Example for Partial Display On (PSL[7:0]=04h,PEL[7:0]=9Bh, MX=MV=ML=’0’ ,SMX=SMY=’0’)

128 Columns

128 Columns

Scan
Order

160 Lines

00h 01h ---- ---- 76h 77h ---- 7Fh 83h
00h
01h
02h
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9Eh
9Fh
A0h
A1h

00
10
20
30
40
50
60

01
11
21
31
41
51

0Y
0Y
2Y
3Y
4Y
5Y

0Z
0Z
2Z
3Z
4Z
4Z
6Z

128 x 160 x18 bit
Frame RAM
U0 U1
UY UZ
V0 V1 V2
VX VY VZ
W0 W1 W2
WX WY WZ
X0 X1 X2
XX XY XZ
Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3
YX YY YZ
Z0 Z1 Z2 Z3
ZX ZY ZZ

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

1
2
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
158
159
160

00
10
20
30
40
50
60

01
11
21
31
41
51

02 03
12 13
22
32
42

0W 0X 0Y
1W 0X 0Y
2X 2Y
3X 3Y
4X 4Y
5Y

0Z G2
0Z G3
2Z G4
3Z |
4Z |
4Z |
6Z |

128 RGB x 160
LCD Panel
S0
U0 U1
V0 V1
W0 W1
X0 X1
Y0 Y1
Z0 Z1

166

V2
W2
X2
Y2 Y3
Z2 Z3

SZ
UY UZ
VX VY VZ
WX WY WZ
XX XY XZ
YW YX YY YZ
ZW ZX ZY ZZ

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G159
G160
G161

Non-Display
area =4 lines

Display area
=152 lines

Non-Display
area =4 lines

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.5.3.2 When using 120RGB x 160 resolution (GM1, GM0 = “01”)

In this mode, contents of the frame memory within an area where column pointer is 00h to 77h and page pointer is 00h to 9Fh is displayed.
To display a dot on leftmost top corner, store the dot data at (column pointer, row pointer) = (0, 0).

(1) Example for Normal Display On (MX=MY=ML=’0’, SMX=SMY=’0’)
120 Columns

120 Columns

Scan
Order

160 Lines

00h 01h ---- ---- 76h 77h ---- 81h 83h
00h
01h
02h
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9Eh
9Fh
A0h
A1h

00
10
20
30
40
50
60

01 02
11 12
21 22
31
41
51

0Y 0Z
0Y 0Z
2Y 2Z
3Z
4Z
4Z
6Z

120 x 160 x18 bit
Frame RAM

W0 W1
X0 X1 X2
Y0 Y1 Y2
Z0 Z1 Z2

WZ
XY XZ
YY YZ
ZY ZZ

Unused
area

1
2
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
158
159
160

00
10
20
30
40
50
60

01 02
11 12
21 22
31
41
51

0Y 0Z
0Y 0Z
2Y 2Z
3Z
4Z
4Z
6Z

G2
G3
G4
|
|
|
|
|

120 RGB x 160
LCD Panel

Display area
=160 lines

|

S0
U0 U1
V0 V1
W0 W1
X0 X1 X2
Y0 Y1 Y2
Z0 Z1 Z2

SZ |
UZ |
VZ |
WZ |
XY XZ G159
YY YZ G160
ZY ZZ G161

(2) Example for Partial Display On (PSL[7:0]=04h,PEL[7:0]=9Bh, MX=MV=ML=’0’, SMX=SMY=’0’)

120 Columns

120 Columns

Scan
Order

160 Lines

00h 01h ---- ---- 76h 77h ---- 81h 83h
00h
01h
02h
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9Eh
9Fh
A0h
A1h

00
10
20
30
40
50
60

01 02
11 12
21 22
31
41
51

0Y 0Z
0Y 0Z
2Y 2Z
3Z
4Z
4Z
6Z

120 x 160 x18 bit
Frame RAM
U0 U1
UZ
V0 V1
VZ
W0 W1
WZ
X0 X1 X2
XY XZ
Y0 Y1 Y2
YY YZ
Z0 Z1 Z2
ZY ZZ

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Unused
area

1
2
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
158
159
160

00
10
20
30
40
50
60

01 02
11 12
21 22
31
41
51

0Y 0Z
0Y 0Z
2Y 2Z
3Z
4Z
4Z
6Z

G2
G3
G4
|
|
|
|
|

120 RGB x 160
LCD Panel

Non-Display
area =4 lines

Display area
=152 lines

|

S0
U0 U1
V0 V1
W0 W1
X0 X1 X2
Y0 Y1 Y2
Z0 Z1 Z2

167

SZ |
UZ |
VZ |
WZ |
XY XZ G159
YY YZ G160
ZY ZZ G161

Non-Display
area =4 lines

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.5.3.3 When using 128RGB x 128 resolution (GM1, GM0 = “10”)

In this mode, contents of the frame memory within an area where column pointer is 00h to 7Fh and page pointer is 000h to 07Fh is
displayed.
To display a dot on leftmost top corner, store the dot data at (column pointer, row pointer) = (0, 0).

(1) Example for Normal Display On (MX=MY=ML=’0’ ,SMX=SMY=’0’)
128 Columns

128 Columns

Scan
Order

Scan
Order

128 Lines

00h 01h ---- ---- ---- ---- 7Eh 7Fh 83h
000h
001h
002h
|
|
|
|
7Dh
7Eh
7Fh

00
10
20
30

01 02
0Y 0Z
11 12
1Y 1Z
21
2Z
31
128 x 128 x18 bit
Frame RAM

W0
X0 X1
Y0 Y1 Y2
Z0 Z1 Z2

XZ
YY YZ
ZY ZZ

00 01 02
10 11 12
30 31
40
128 RGB x 128
LCD Panel
X0 X1
20 21
Y0 Y1 Y2
Z0 Z1 Z2

1
2
3
|
|
|
|
126
127
128

0Y 0Z
1Y 1Z
2Z
3Z

WZ
XZ
YY YZ
ZY ZZ

G2
G3
G4
|
|
|
|
G127
G128
G129

Display area
=128 lines

Unused area
A1h

(2) Example for Partial Display On (PSL[7:0]=03h,PEL[7:0]=7Ah, MX=MV=ML=’0’ ,SMX=SMY=’0’)

128 Columns

128 Columns

Scan
Order

Scan
Order

128 Lines

00h 01h ---- ---- ---- ---- 7Eh 7Fh 83h
00h
01h
02h
|
|
|
|
7Dh
7Eh
7Fh

00
10
20
30

01 02
0Y
11 12
1Y
21
31
128 x 128 x18 bit
Frame RAM

W0
X0 X1
Y0 Y1 Y2
Z0 Z1 Z2

0Z
1Z
2Z
3Z

WZ
XZ
YY YZ
ZY ZZ

00 01 02
10 11 12
30 31
40
128 RGB x 128
LCD Panel
X0 X1
20 21
Y0 Y1 Y2
Z0 Z1 Z2

1
2
3
|
|
|
|
126
127
128

0Y 0Z
1Y 1Z
2Z
3Z

WZ
XZ
YY YZ
ZY ZZ

G2
G3
G4
|
|
|
|
G127
G128
G129

Non-Display
area =3 lines
Display area
=122 lines
Non-Display
area =3 lines

Unused area
A1h

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

168

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.5.3.4 When using 132RGB x 162 resolution (GM1, GM0 = “11”)

In this mode, contents of the frame memory within an area where column pointer is 00h to 83h and page pointer is 00h to A1h is displayed.
To display a dot on leftmost top corner, store the dot data at (column pointer, row pointer) = (0, 0).

(1) Example for Normal Display On (MX=MY=ML=’0’ ,SMX=SMY=’0’)
132 Columns

132 Columns

Scan
Order

162 Lines

00h 02h ---- ---- ---- ---- 79h 81h 83h
00h
01h
02h
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9Fh
A0h
A1h

00
10
20
30
40
50
60

01
11
21
31
41
51

02 03
12 13
22
32
42

0W 0X 0Y
1W 0X 0Y
2X 2Y
3X 3Y
4X 4Y
5Y

0Z
0Z
2Z
3Z
4Z
4Z
6Z

132 x 162 x18 bit
Frame RAM
S0
U0 U1
V0 V1
W0 W1
X0 X1
Y0 Y1
Z0 Z1

V2
W2
X2
Y2 Y3
Z2 Z3

SZ
UY UZ
VX VY VZ
WX WY WZ
XX XY XZ
YW YX YY YZ
ZW ZX ZY ZZ

00
10
20
30
40
50
60

1
2
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
160
161
162

01
11
21
31
41
51

02 03
12 13
22
32
42

0W 0X 0Y
1W 0X 0Y
2X 2Y
3X 3Y
4X 4Y
5Y

0Z G1
0Z G2
2Z G3
3Z |
4Z |
4Z |
6Z |

132 RGB x 162
LCD Panel
S0
U0 U1
V0 V1
W0 W1
X0 X1
Y0 Y1
Z0 Z1

V2
W2
X2
Y2 Y3
Z2 Z3

SZ
UY UZ
VX VY VZ
WX WY WZ
XX XY XZ
YW YX YY YZ
ZW ZX ZY ZZ

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G160
G161
G162

Display area
=162 lines

(2) Example for Partial Display On (PSL[7:0]=04h,PEL[7:0]=9Dh, MX=MV=ML=’0’ ,SMX=SMY=’0’)

132 Columns

132 Columns

Scan
Order

162 Lines

00h 02h ---- ---- ---- ---- 79h 81h 83h
00h
01h
02h
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9Fh
A0h
A1h

00
10
20
30
40
50
60

01
11
21
31
41
51

02 03
12 13
22
32
42

0W 0X 0Y
1W 0X 0Y
2X 2Y
3X 3Y
4X 4Y
5Y

0Z
0Z
2Z
3Z
4Z
4Z
6Z

132 x 162 x18 bit
Frame RAM
S0
U0 U1
V0 V1
W0 W1
X0 X1
Y0 Y1
Z0 Z1

V2
W2
X2
Y2 Y3
Z2 Z3

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

SZ
UY UZ
VX VY VZ
WX WY WZ
XX XY XZ
YW YX YY YZ
ZW ZX ZY ZZ

00
10
20
30
40
50
60

1
2
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
160
161
162

01
11
21
31
41
51

02 03
12 13
22
32
42

0W 0X 0Y
1W 0X 0Y
2X 2Y
3X 3Y
4X 4Y
5Y

0Z G1
0Z G2
2Z G3
3Z |
4Z |
4Z |
6Z |

132 RGB x 162
LCD Panel
S0
U0 U1
V0 V1
W0 W1
X0 X1
Y0 Y1
Z0 Z1

169

V2
W2
X2
Y2 Y3
Z2 Z3

SZ
UY UZ
VX VY VZ
WX WY WZ
XX XY XZ
YW YX YY YZ
ZW ZX ZY ZZ

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G160
G161
G162

Non-Display
area =4 lines

Display area
=154 lines

Non-Display
area =4 lines

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.5.4.

Vertical Scroll Mode

There is vertical scrolling, which are determined by the commands “Vertical Scrolling Definition” (33h) and “Vertical Scrolling Start Address”
(37h).

T FA

T FA

V SA

V SA

B FA

B FA

O riginal

Scrolling

Fig. 7.5.4.1 Difference between Scrolling and original

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

170

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.5.4.1 When using 128RGB x 160 resolution (GM1, GM0 = “00”)

When Vertical Scrolling Definition Parameters (TFA+VSA+BFA)=160. In this case, scrolling is applied as shown below.
(1) Example for TFA =3, VSA=155, BFA=2, SSA=4, ML=0: Scrolling

128 Columns

128 Columns

Scan
Order

160 Lines

00h 01h ---- ---- 76h 77h ---- 7Fh 83h
00h
01h
02h
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9Eh
9Fh
A0h
A1h

00
10
20
30
40
50
60

01
11
21
31
41
51

0Y
0Y
2Y
3Y
4Y
5Y

0Z
0Z
2Z
3Z
4Z
4Z
6Z

128 x 160 x18 bit
Frame RAM

X0 X1 X2
XX XY XZ
Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 YW YX YY YZ
Z0 Z1 Z2 Z3 ZW ZX ZY ZZ

1
2
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
158
159
160

00
10
20
40
50
60

01
11
21
41
51

02 03
12 13
22
42

0W 0X 0Y
1W 0X 0Y
2X 2Y
4X 4Y
5Y

0Z G2
0Z G3
2Z G4
4Z |
4Z |
6Z |

128 RGB x 160
LCD Panel
S0
U0 U1
V0 V1
W0 W1
X0 X1
30 31
Y0 Y1
Z0 Z1

V2
W2
X2
32
Y2 Y3
Z2 Z3

SZ
UY UZ
VX VY VZ
WX WY WZ
XX XY XZ
3X 3Y 3Z
YW YX YY YZ
ZW ZX ZY ZZ

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G159
G160
G161

TFA

VSA

BFA

(2) Example for TFA =3, VSA=155, BFA=2, SSA=4, ML=1: Scrolling: TFA and BFT are exchanged
128 Columns

128 Columns

Scan
Order

160 Lines

00h 01h ---- ---- 76h 77h ---- 7Fh 83h
00h
01h
02h
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9Eh
9Fh
A0h
A1h

00
10
20
30
40
50
60

01
11
21
31
41
51

0Y
0Y
2Y
3Y
4Y
5Y

0Z
0Z
2Z
3Z
4Z
4Z
6Z

128 x 160 x18 bit
Frame RAM
V0
VZ
W0 W1
WY WZ
X0 X1 X2
XX XY XZ
Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 YW YX YY YZ
Z0 Z1 Z2 Z3 ZW ZX ZY ZZ

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

160
159
158
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
2
1

00 01 02 03
0W 0X
10 11 12 13
1W 0X
W0 W1
20 21
30 31
40 41
50 51
60
128 RGB x 160
LCD Panel

S0
U0
V0
X0
Y0
Z0

171

U1
X1 X2
Y1 Y2 Y3
Z1 Z2 Z3

0Y 0Z G2
0Y 0Z G3
WY WZ G4
2Y 2Z |
3Y 3Z |
4Y 4Z |
5Y 4Z |
6Z |

SZ
UY UZ
VZ
XX XY XZ
YW YX YY YZ
ZW ZX ZY ZZ

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G159
G160
G161

BFA

VSA

TFA

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.5.4.2 When using 120RGB x 160 resolution (GM1, GM0 = “01”)

When Vertical Scrolling Definition Parameters (TFA+VSA+BFA)=160. In this case, scrolling is applied as shown below.
(1) Example for TFA =3, VSA=155, BFA=2, SSA=4, ML=0: Scrolling

120 Columns

120 Columns

Scan
Order

160 Lines

00h 01h ---- ---- 76h 77h ---- 81h 83h
00h
01h
02h
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9Eh
9Fh
A0h
A1h

00
10
20
30
40
50
60

01 02
11 12
21 22
31
41
51

0Y 0Z
0Y 0Z
2Y 2Z
3Z
4Z
4Z
6Z

120 x 160 x18 bit
Frame RAM

W0 W1
X0 X1 X2
Y0 Y1 Y2
Z0 Z1 Z2

WZ
XY XZ
YY YZ
ZY ZZ

Unused
area

1
2
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
158
159
160

00
10
20
40
50
60

01 02
11 12
21 22
41
51

0Y 0Z
0Y 0Z
2Y 2Z
4Z
4Z
6Z

G2
G3
G4
|
|
|
|
|

120 RGB x 160
LCD Panel
S0
U0 U1
V0 V1
W0 W1
X0 X1 X2
30 31
Y0 Y1 Y2
Z0 Z1 Z2

SZ |
UZ |
VZ |
WZ |
XY XZ |
3Z G159
YY YZ G160
ZY ZZ G161

TFA

VSA

BFA

(2) Example for TFA =2, VSA=155, BFA=3, SSA=4, ML=1: Scrolling: TFA and BFT are exchanged

120 Columns

120 Columns

Scan
Order

160 Lines

00h 01h ---- ---- 76h 77h ---- 81h 83h
00h
01h
02h
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9Eh
9Fh
A0h
A1h

00
10
20
30
40
50
60

01 02
11 12
21 22
31
41
51

0Y 0Z
0Y 0Z
2Y 2Z
3Z
4Z
4Z
6Z

120 x 160 x18 bit
Frame RAM
V0 V1
W0 W1
X0 X1 X2
Y0 Y1 Y2
Z0 Z1 Z2

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

VY VZ
WZ
XY XZ
YY YZ
ZY ZZ

Unused
area

160
159
158
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
2
1

00 01 02
0Y 0Z G2
10 11 12
0Y 0Z G3
W0 W1
WZ G4
20 21 22
2Y 2Z |
30 31
3Z |
40 41
4Z |
50 51
4Z |
60
6Z |
120 RGB x 160
LCD Panel

S0
U0
V0
X0
Y0
Z0

172

U1
V1
X1 X2
Y1 Y2
Z1 Z2

VY
XY
YY
ZY

SZ
UZ
VZ
XZ
YZ
ZZ

|
|
|
|
|
G159
G160
G161

TFA

VSA

BFA

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.5.4.3 When using 128RGB x 128 resolution (GM1, GM0 = “10”)

When Vertical Scrolling Definition Parameters (TFA+VSA+BFA)=128. In this case, scrolling is applied as shown below.
(1) Example for TFA =2, VSA=124, BFA=2, SSA=3, ML=0: Scrolling
128 Columns

128 Columns

Scan
Order

128 Lines

00h 01h ---- ---- ---- ---- 7Eh 7Fh 83h
000h
001h
002h
|
|
|
|
7Dh
7Eh
7Fh

00
10
20
30

01 02
0Y 0Z
11 12
1Y 1Z
21
2Z
31
128 x 128 x18 bit
Frame RAM

W0
X0 X1
Y0 Y1 Y2
Z0 Z1 Z2

XZ
YY YZ
ZY ZZ

00 01 02
10 11 12
30 31
40
128 RGB x 128
LCD Panel
X0 X1
20 21
Y0 Y1 Y2
Z0 Z1 Z2

1
2
3
|
|
|
|
126
127
128

0Y 0Z
1Y 1Z
3Z
4Z

XZ
2Z
YY YZ
ZY ZZ

G2
G3
G4
|
|
|
|
G127
G128
G129

TFA

VSA

BFA

Unused area
A1h

(2) Example for TFA =2, VSA=124, BFA=2, SSA=4, ML=1: Scrolling: TFA and BFT are exchanged

128 Columns

128 Columns

Scan
Order

128 Lines

00h 01h ---- ---- ---- ---- 7Eh 7Fh 83h
000h
001h
002h
|
|
|
|
7Dh
7Eh
7Fh

00
10
20
30

W0
X0
Y0
Z0

01 02
0Y 0Z
11 12
1Y 1Z
21
2Z
31
128 x 128 x18 bit
Frame RAM
WZ
X1
XZ
Y1 Y2
YY YZ
Z1 Z2
ZY ZZ

00
10
X0
20

01 02
0Y 0Z
11 12
1Y 1Z
X1
XZ
21
2Z
128 RGB x 128
LCD Panel
V0 V1
VZ
W0
WZ
Y0 Y1 Y2
YY YZ
Z0 Z1 Z2
ZY ZZ

128
127
126
|
|
|
|
3
2
1

G2
G3
G4
|
|
|
|
G127
G128
G129

BFA

VSA

TFA

Unused area
A1h

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

173

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.5.4.4 When using 132RGB x 162 resolution (GM1, GM0 = “11”)

When Vertical Scrolling Definition Parameters (TFA+VSA+BFA)=162. In this case, scrolling is applied as shown below.
(1) Example for TFA =3, VSA=157, BFA=2, SSA=4, ML=0: Scrolling
132 Columns

132 Columns

Scan
Order

162 Lines

00h 02h ---- ---- ---- ---- 79h 81h 83h
00h
01h
02h
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9Fh
A0h
A1h

00
10
20
30
40
50
60

01
11
21
31
41
51

02 03
12 13
22
32
42

0W 0X 0Y
1W 0X 0Y
2X 2Y
3X 3Y
4X 4Y
5Y

0Z
0Z
2Z
3Z
4Z
4Z
6Z

132 x 162 x18 bit
Frame RAM
S0
U0 U1
V0 V1
W0 W1
X0 X1
Y0 Y1
Z0 Z1

V2
W2
X2
Y2 Y3
Z2 Z3

SZ
UY UZ
VX VY VZ
WX WY WZ
XX XY XZ
YW YX YY YZ
ZW ZX ZY ZZ

1
2
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
160
161
162

00
10
20
40
50
60
70

SSA

01
11
21
41
51

02 03
12 13
22
42

0W 0X 0Y
1W 0X 0Y
2X 2Y
4X 4Y
5Y

0Z G1
0Z G2
2Z G3
4Z |
4Z |
6Z |
7Z |

132 RGB x 162
LCD Panel
S0
U0 U1
V0 V1 V2
W0 W1 W2
X0 X1 X2
30 31 32
Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3
Z0 Z1 Z2 Z3

SZ
UY UZ
VX VY VZ
WX WY WZ
XX XY XZ
3X 3Y 3Z
YW YX YY YZ
ZW ZX ZY ZZ

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G160
G161
G162

TFA

VSA

BFA

(2) Example for TFA =3, VSA=157, BFA=2, SSA=4, ML=1: Scrolling: TFA and BFT are exchanged

132 Columns

132 Columns

Scan
Order

162 Lines

00h 02h ---- ---- ---- ---- 79h 81h 83h
00h
01h
02h
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9Fh
A0h
A1h

00
10
20
30
40
50
60

01
11
21
31
41
51

02 03
12 13
22
32
42

0W 0X 0Y
1W 0X 0Y
2X 2Y
3X 3Y
4X 4Y
5Y

0Z 162
0Z 161
2Z 160
3Z |
4Z |
4Z |
6Z |

132 x 162 x18 bit
Frame RAM
S0
U0 U1
V0 V1
W0 W1
X0 X1
Y0 Y1
Z0 Z1

V2
W2
X2
Y2 Y3
Z2 Z3

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

SZ
UY UZ
VX VY VZ
WX WY WZ
XX XY XZ
YW YX YY YZ
ZW ZX ZY ZZ

|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
2
1

00 01 02 03
0W 0X 0Y 0Z G1
10 11 12 13
1W 0X 0Y 0Z G2
W0 W1 W2
WX WY WZ G3
20 21 22
2X 2Y 2Z |
30 31 32
3X 3Y 3Z |
40 41 42
4X 4Y 4Z |
50 51
5Y 4Z |
60
6Z |
|
132 RGB x 162
LCD Panel
|

S0
U0
V0
X0
Y0
Z0

SSA

174

U1
V1
X1
Y1
Z1

V2
X2
Y2 Y3
Z2 Z3

VX
XX
YW YX
ZW ZX

UY
VY
XY
YY
ZY

SZ
UZ
VZ
XZ
YZ
ZZ

|
|
|
|
|
G160
G161
G162

BFA

VSA

TFA

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.5.5.

Vertical Scroll Example

7.5.5.1 Vertical Scroll Example (GM1, GM0 = “00” & GM1, GM0=”01”)

There are 2 types of vertical scrolling, which are determined by the commands “ Vertical Scrolling Definition” (33h) and “Vertical Scrolling
Start Address” (37h).

Case 1: TFA + VSA + BFA≠160

N/A. Do not set TFA + VSA + BFA≠160. In that case, unexpected picture will be shown.

Case 2: TFA + VSA + BFA=160 (Scrolling)

Example1) When MADCTR parameter ML=”0”, TFA=0, VSA=160, BFA=0 and VSCSAD=80.

Physical Line
Pointer

Memory Physical Axis
(0,0)

Display
Axis (0,0)

2
1

VSCSAD
1

2

Display

Frame
Memory
Increment

Physical Line
Pointer

Display
Axis (0,0)

2

1

1

2

VSCSAD

Display

Frame
Memory
Example2) When MADCTR parameter ML=”1”, TFA=30, VSA=130, BFA=0 and VSCSAD=80.

Physical Line

Memory Physical Axis
(0,0)

Display
Axis (0,0)

Pointer
2

3

3

2

VSCSAD

TFA

1

1

TFA

Frame
Memory

Display
Increment

Physical Line

Memory Physical Axis
(0,0)

Pointer

Display
Axis (0,0)

2
3

VSCSAD
3

Frame
Memory

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

2 1

1

TFA

TFA

Display

175

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.5.5.2 Vertical Scroll Example (GM1, GM0 = “10”)

There are 2 types of vertical scrolling, which are determined by the commands “ Vertical Scrolling Definition” (33h) and “Vertical Scrolling
Start Address” (37h).

Case 1: TFA + VSA + BFA≠128

N/A. Do not set TFA + VSA + BFA≠128. In that case, unexpected picture will be shown.

Case 2: TFA + VSA + BFA=128 (Scrolling)

Example1) When MADCTR parameter ML=”0”, TFA=0, VSA=128, BFA=0 and VSCSAD=40.

Physical Line
Pointer

Memory Physical Axis
(0,0)

Display
Axis (0,0)

2
1

VSCSAD
1

2

Display

Frame
Memory
Increment

Physical Line
Pointer

Display
Axis (0,0)

2

1

1

2

VSCSAD

Display

Frame
Memory

Example2) When MADCTR parameter ML=”1”, TFA=30, VSA=98, BFA=0 and VSCSAD=40.

Physical Line

Memory Physical Axis
(0,0)

Display
Axis (0,0)

Pointer
2

3

3

2

VSCSAD

TFA

1

1

TFA

Frame
Memory

Display
Increment

Physical Line

Memory Physical Axis
(0,0)

Pointer

Display
Axis (0,0)

2
3

VSCSAD
3

Frame
Memory

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

2 1

1

TFA

TFA

Display

176

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.5.5.3 Vertical Scroll Example (GM1, GM0 = “11”)

There are 2 types of vertical scrolling, which are determined by the commands “ Vertical Scrolling Definition” (33h) and “Vertical Scrolling
Start Address” (37h).

Case 1: TFA + VSA + BFA≠162

N/A. Do not set TFA + VSA + BFA≠162. In that case, unexpected picture will be shown.

Case 2: TFA + VSA + BFA=162 (Scrolling)

Example1) When MADCTR parameter ML=”0”, TFA=0, VSA=162, BFA=0 and VSCSAD=40.

Physical Line
Pointer

Memory Physical Axis
(0,0)

Display
Axis (0,0)

2
1

VSCSAD
1

2

Display

Frame
Memory
Increment

Physical Line
Pointer

Display
Axis (0,0)

2

1

1

2

VSCSAD

Display

Frame
Memory

Example2) When MADCTR parameter ML=”1”, TFA=30, VSA=132, BFA=0 and VSCSAD=40.

Physical Line

Memory Physical Axis
(0,0)

Display
Axis (0,0)

Pointer
2

3

3

2

VSCSAD

TFA

1

1

TFA

Frame
Memory

Display
Increment

Physical Line

Memory Physical Axis
(0,0)

Pointer

Display
Axis (0,0)

2
3

VSCSAD
3

Frame
Memory

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

2 1

1

TFA

TFA

Display

177

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.6. Address Counter
The address counter sets the addresses of the display data RAM for writing and reading.
Data is written pixel-wise into the RAM matrix of DRIVER. The data for one pixel or two pixels is collected (RGB 8-8-8-bit), according to the
data formats. As soon as this pixel-data information is complete the “Write access” is activated on the RAM. The locations of RAM are
addressed by the address pointers. The address ranges are X=0 to X=128 (7Fh) and Y=0 to Y=160 (9Fh). Addresses outside these ranges
are not allowed. Before writing to the RAM a window must be defined into which will be written. The window is programmable via the
command registers XS, YS designating the start address and XE, YE designating the end address.
For example the whole display contents will be written, the window is defined by the following values: XS=0 (0h) YS=0 (0h) and XE=128
(7Fh), YE=160 (9Fh).
In vertical addressing mode (MV=1), the Y-address increments after each byte, after the last Y-address (Y=YE), Y wraps around to YS and
X increments to address the next column. In horizontal addressing mode (V=0), the X-address increments after each byte, after the last
X-address (X=XE), X wraps around to XS and Y increments to address the next row. After the every last address (X=XE and Y=YE) the
address pointers wrap around to address (X=XS and Y=YS).
For flexibility in handling a wide variety of display architectures, the commands “CASET, RASET” and “MADCTR” , define flags MX and MY,
which allows mirroring of the X-address and Y-address. All combinations of flags are allowed. Fig. 8.2.3 show the available combinations of
writing to the display RAM. When MX, MY and MV will be changed the data bust be rewritten to the display RAM.

For each image condition, the controls for the column and row counters apply as Fig. 7.6.1 below:
Condition

Column Counter

Complete Pixel Read / Write action
The Column counter value is larger than “End Column (XE)”
The Column counter value is larger than “End Column (XE)” and the Row
counter value is larger than “End Row (YE)”

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

178

Return to “Start Row
(YS)”

Increment by 1

When RAMWR/RAMRD command is accepted

Row Counter

Return to “Start
Column (XS)”

No change

Return to “Start
Column (XS)”
Return to “Start
Column (XS)”

Increment by 1
Return to “Start Row
(YS)”

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.7. Memory Data Write/ Read Direction
The data is written in the order illustrated above. The Counter which dictates where in the physical memory the data is to be written is
controlled by “Memory Data Access Control” Command, bits B5 (MV), B6 (MX), B7 (MY) as described below.

B

Data Stream order is like in this figure

Orisetech
E
Fig. 7.7.1 Data streaming order
-When 128RGBx160 (GM=’00’)

MADCTR
(36h)

MV
MX

Virtual to Physical Pointer translator

RASET (2Bh)

Physical Row
Pointer

MY
CASET (2Ah)

Physical Column
Pointer

Virtual (0,0) when
MV=don’t care,
MX=’0’, MY=’0’

(0,0)

(127,0)

Physical
axes
(0,159)

(127,159)

Virtual (0,0)
when MV=don’t care,
MX=’0’, MY=’1’

MV
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1

MX
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1

MV
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1

CASET
Direct to Physical Column Pointer
Direct to Physical Column Pointer
Direct to (127-Physical Column Pointer)
Direct to (127-Physical Column Pointer)
Direct to Physical Row Pointer
Direct to (159-Physical Row Pointer)
Direct to Physical Row Pointer
Direct to (159-Physical Row Pointer)

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Virtual (0,0)
when MV=don’t care,
MX=’1’, MY=’0’

Virtual (0,0)
when MV=don’t care,
MX=’1’, MY=’1’

RASET
Direct to Physical Row Pointer
Direct to (159-Physical Row Pointer)
Direct to Physical Row Pointer
Direct to (159-Physical Row Pointer)
Direct to Physical Column Pointer
Direct to Physical Column Pointer
Direct to (127-Physical Column Pointer)
Direct to (127-Physical Column Pointer)

179

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
-When 120RGBx160 (GM=’01’)

MADCTR
(36h)

MV
MX

Virtual to Physical Pointer translator

RASET (2Bh)

Physical Row
Pointer

MY
CASET (2Ah)

Physical Column
Pointer

Virtual (0,0) when
MV=don’t care,
MX=’0’, MY=’0’

(0,0)

(119,0)

Physical
axes
(0,159)

(119,159)

Virtual (0,0)
when MV=don’t care,
MX=’0’, MY=’1’

MV
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1

MX
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1

MV
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1

Virtual (0,0)
when MV=don’t care,
MX=’1’, MY=’0’

CASET
Direct to Physical Column Pointer
Direct to Physical Column Pointer
Direct to (119-Physical Column Pointer)
Direct to (119-Physical Column Pointer)
Direct to Physical Row Pointer
Direct to (159-Physical Row Pointer)
Direct to Physical Row Pointer
Direct to (159-Physical Row Pointer)

Virtual (0,0)
when MV=don’t care,
MX=’1’, MY=’1’

RASET
Direct to Physical Row Pointer
Direct to (159-Physical Row Pointer)
Direct to Physical Row Pointer
Direct to (159-Physical Row Pointer)
Direct to Physical Column Pointer
Direct to Physical Column Pointer
Direct to (119-Physical Column Pointer)
Direct to (119-Physical Column Pointer)

-When 128RGBx128 (GM=’10’)

MADCTR
(36h)

MV
MX

Virtual to Physical Pointer translator

RASET (2Bh)

Physical Row
Pointer

MY
CASET (2Ah)

Physical Column
Pointer

Virtual (0,0) when
MV=don’t care,
MX=’0’, MY=’0’

(0,0)

(127,0)

Physical
axes
(0,127)

(127,127)

Virtual (0,0)
when MV=don’t care,
MX=’0’, MY=’1’

MV
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1

MX
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1

MV
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1

CASET
Direct to Physical Column Pointer
Direct to Physical Column Pointer
Direct to (127-Physical Column Pointer)
Direct to (127-Physical Column Pointer)
Direct to Physical Row Pointer
Direct to (127-Physical Row Pointer)
Direct to Physical Row Pointer
Direct to (127-Physical Row Pointer)

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Virtual (0,0)
when MV=don’t care,
MX=’1’, MY=’0’

Virtual (0,0)
when MV=don’t care,
MX=’1’, MY=’1’

RASET
Direct to Physical Row Pointer
Direct to (127-Physical Row Pointer)
Direct to Physical Row Pointer
Direct to (127-Physical Row Pointer)
Direct to Physical Column Pointer
Direct to Physical Column Pointer
Direct to (127-Physical Column Pointer)
Direct to (127-Physical Column Pointer)

180

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
-When 132RGBx162 (GM=’11’)

MADCTR
(36h)

MV
MX

Virtual to Physical Pointer translator

RASET (2Bh)

Physical Row
Pointer

MY
CASET (2Ah)

Physical Column
Pointer

Virtual (0,0) when
MV=don’t care,
MX=’0’, MY=’0’

(0,0)

(131,0)

Physical
axes
(0,161)

(131,161)

Virtual (0,0)
when MV=don’t care,
MX=’0’, MY=’1’

MV
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1

MX
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1

MV
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1

Virtual (0,0)
when MV=don’t care,
MX=’1’, MY=’0’

CASET
Direct to Physical Column Pointer
Direct to Physical Column Pointer
Direct to (131-Physical Column Pointer)
Direct to (131-Physical Column Pointer)
Direct to Physical Row Pointer
Direct to (161-Physical Row Pointer)
Direct to Physical Row Pointer
Direct to (161-Physical Row Pointer)

Virtual (0,0)
when MV=don’t care,
MX=’1’, MY=’1’

RASET
Direct to Physical Row Pointer
Direct to (161-Physical Row Pointer)
Direct to Physical Row Pointer
Direct to (161-Physical Row Pointer)
Direct to Physical Column Pointer
Direct to Physical Column Pointer
Direct to (131-Physical Column Pointer)
Direct to (131-Physical Column Pointer)

Note: Data is always written to the Frame Memory in the same order, regardless of the Memory Write Direction set by MADCTL bits B7
(MY), B6 (MX), B5 (MV). The write order for each pixel unit is
D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R0 G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G0 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

181

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
Frame Data Write Direction According to the MADCTR parameters (MV, MX and MY)
Display Data
Direction
Normal

MADCTR
Parameter

Image in the Driver
(DDRAM)

Image in the Host
(MPU)

MV MX MY
0
0
0

H/W position (0,0)
B

B

F
Y-Mirror

0

0

1

0

1

0

H/W position (0,0)

X-Y Exchange

0

1

1

0

0

X-Y Exchange
X-Mirror

X-Y Exchange
X-Mirror
Y-Mirror

1

0

1

1

0

1

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

1

B

E

E

E

H/W position (0,0)

E

B

X-Y address (0,0)
X: RASET
Y: CASET

B
B

H/W position (0,0)

H/W position (0,0)

F

X-Y address (0,0)
X: RASET
Y: CASET

E

E

B

X-Y address (0,0)
X: CASET
Y: RASET

B

X-Y address (0,0)
X: RASET
Y: CASET

B

X-Y address (0,0)
X: CASET
Y: RASET

E

B

H/W position (0,0)

F
1

B

E

B

E
E

E
H/W position (0,0)

F
1

E

B

F
X-Y Exchange
Y-Mirror

X-Y address (0,0)
X: CASET
Y: RASET
H/W position (0,0)

F
1

E

B

F
X-Mirror
Y-Mirror

E

B

F
X-Mirror

F

X-Y address (0,0)
X: CASET
Y: RASET

E

E

B

182

X-Y address (0,0)
X: RASET
Y: CASET

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.8. Tearing Effect Output Line

The Tearing Effect output line supplies to the MPU a Panel synchronization signal. This signal can be enabled or disabled by the Tearing
Effect Line Off & On commands. The mode of the Tearing Effect signal is defined by the parameter of the Tearing Effect Line On command.
The signal can be used by the MPU to synchronize Frame Memory Writing when displaying video images.

7.8.1.

Tearing Effect Line Modes

Mode 1, the Tearing Effect Output signal consists of V-Blanking Information only:
t vdl

t vdh

tvdl

tvdh

Vertical T im e Scale

tvdh= The LCD display is not updated from the Frame Memory
tvdl= The LCD display is updated from the Frame Memory (except Invisible Line – see below)

Mode 2, the Tearing Effect Output signal consists of V-Blanking and H-Blanking Information, there is one V-sync and 162 H-sync pulses per
field.

t hd l

t h dh

thdl

thdh
V-Sync

V-Sync
Invisible
Line

1 st Line

2 nd Line

161 st Line

162 nd Line

thdh= The LCD display is not updated from the Frame Memory
thdl= The LCD display is updated from the Frame Memory (except Invisible Line – see above)

Bottom Line

T op Line
2

nd

Line

T E (M ode2)
T E (M ode1)

t vdh

tvdh

Note: During Sleep In Mode, the Tearing Output Pin is active Low.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

183

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.8.2.

Tearing Effect Line Timings

The Tearing Effect signal is described below:

t vdl

tvdl

tvdh

t vdh

Vertical T im ing

H orizontal T im ing
t hd l

thdl

thdh

t hd h

Table 7.8.1 AC characteristics of Tearing Effect Signal Idle Mode Off (Frame Rate = 60 Hz)
Symbol

Parameter

min

max

unit

tvdl

Vertical Timing Low Duration

13

-

ms

tvdh

Vertical Timing High Duration

1000

-

μs

thdl

Horizontal Timing Low Duration

33

-

μs

thdh

Horizontal Timing High Duration

25

500

description

μs

NOTE: The timings in Table 7.8.1 apply when MADCTR ML=0 and ML=1

The signal’s rise and fall times (tf, tr) are stipulated to be equal to or less than 15ns.

Input Signal Slope

Output Signal Slope

TR

TF

TR

VIH=0.7*VDDIO
VIL=0.3*VDDIO

TF
VOH=0.8*VDDIO
VOL=0.2*VDDIO

TR=TF & lt; = 15ns

TR=TF & lt; = 15ns

Fig. 7.1.2 Rising and Falling timing for Input and Output signal

The Tearing Effect Output Line is fed back to the MPU and should be used as shown below to avoid Tearing Effect:

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

184

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.8.3.

Example 1: MPU Write is faster than panel read.

M CU to
M em ory
1

st

162

tim e

nd

TE Output
Signal

tim e
M em ory to
LCD
Im age on LCD

1

st

162

a

b

c

nd

tim e
d

Data write to Frame Memory is now synchronized to the Panel Scan. It should be written during the vertical sync pulse of the Tearing Effect
Output Line. This ensures that data is always written ahead of the panel scan and each Panel Frame refresh has a complete new image:

Data to be sent

B
a

Im age on LCD

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

b

c

d

A A B B
B

185

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.8.4.

Example 2: MPU write is slower than panel read.

M CU to
M em ory
1

st

16 2

tim e

nd

TE Output
Signal

tim e
M em ory to
LCD
Im age on LCD

1

a

st

16 2

b

nd

c

tim e
d

f

e

The MPU to Frame Memory write begins just after Panel Read has commenced i.e. after one horizontal sync pulse of the Tearing Effect
Output Line. This allows time for the image to download behind the Panel Read pointer and finishing download during the subsequent
Frame before the Read Pointer “catches” the MPU to Frame memory write position.

Data to be sent

B
a

Im age on LCD

b

c

d

e

f

AA A A AB
B

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

186

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.9. Preset Values
ORISETECH has already set all preset values in SPFD54124B. Any of these preset values do not need customer’s SW support.

7.10. Power ON/OFF Sequence

VDDIO and VDD can be applied in any order.
VDDIO and VDD can be powered down in any order.

During power off, if LCD is in the Sleep Out mode, VDD and VDDIO must be powered down minimum 120msec after RESX has been
released.

During power off, if LCD is in the Sleep In mode, VDDIO or VDD can be powered down minimum 0msec after RESX has been released.

CSX can be applied at any timing or can be permanently grounded. RESX has priority over CSX.
Note 1: There will be no damage to the display module if the power sequences are not met.
Note 2: There will be no abnormal visible effects on the display panel during the Power On/Off Sequences.
Note 3: There will be no abnormal visible effects on the display between end of Power On Sequence and before receiving Sleep Out
command. Also between receiving Sleep In command and Power Off Sequence.

If RESX line is not held stable by host during Power On Sequence, then it will be necessary to apply a Hardware Reset (RESX) after Host
Power On Sequence is complete to ensure correct operation. Otherwise function is not guaranteed.
The power on/off sequence is illustrated below:

7.10.1. Case 1 – RESX Line is held High or Unstable by Host at Power On
If RESX line is held High or unstable by the host during Power On, then a Hardware Reset must be applied after both VDD and VDDIO
have been applied – otherwise correct functionality is not guaranteed. There is no timing restriction upon this hardware reset.

TrPW = +/- no limit

tfPW

=

+/- no limit

VDD1
VDDIO

VDD2
VDD

Time when the latter signal rises up to 90% of its Typical Value.
e.g. When VDD2 comes later, This time is defined at the cross point
of 90% of 2.5V/2.75V, not 90% of 2.3V.
2.75V,not 90% of
Time when the former signal falls down to 90% of its Typical Value.
e.g. When VDD2 falls earlier, This time is defined at the cross point
of 90% of 2.5V/2.75V, not 90% of 2.3V.
2.75V,not 90% of

tfPW!CS = +/- no limit
CSX
trPW!CS = +/- no limit
CSX

CSX
!CS

H or L

trPW!RES = + no limit
RESX

RESX

!RES

(Power down in
Sleep Out mode)

RESX

!RES

30%

tfPW!RES1 = min.120ms
RESX1
trPW!RES = + no limit
RES
30%

tfPW!RES2 = min.0ns
RESX2

(Power down in
Sleep In mode)

tfPW!RES1
RESX
TfpwRESX1 is applied to !RES falling in the Sleep Out Mode.
tfPW!RES2
TfpwRESX2 is applied to !RES falling in the Sleep In Mode.
RESX

Note: Unless otherwise specified, timings herein show cross point at 50% of signal/power level.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

187

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.10.2. Case 2 – RESX Line is Held Low by Host at Power On
If RESX line is held Low (and stable) by the host during Power On, then the RESX must be held low for minimum 10µsec after both VDD
and VDDIO have been applied.
TrPW = +/- no limit

tfPW

=

+/- no limit

VDD1
VDDIO
VDD2
VDD

Time when the latter signal rises up to 90% of its Typical Value.
e.g. When VDD2 comes later, This time is defined at the cross point
of 90% of 2.5V/2.75V, not 90% of 2.3V.
2.75V,not 90% of
Time when the former signal falls down to 90% of its Typical Value.
e.g. When VDD2 falls earlier, This time is defined at the cross point
2.75V,not 90% 90% of 2.3V.
of 90% of 2.5V/2.75V, notof
CSX
tfPW!CS = +/- no limit
trPW!CS = +/- no limit
CSX

CSX
!CS

H or L
RESX
trPW!RES = min.10µs

!RES
RESX

(Power down in
Sleep Out mode)

RESX1
tfPW!RES1 = min.120ms
RESX
trPW!RES = min.10µs

!RES
RESX

RESX2
tfPW!RES2 = min.0ns

(Power down in
Sleep In mode)

tfPW!RES1
!RES
TfpwRESX1 is applied to RESX falling in the Sleep Out Mode.
TfpwRESX2 is applied to RESX falling in the Sleep In Mode.
tfPW!RES2
!RES

Note: Unless otherwise specified, timings herein show cross point at 50% of signal/power level.

7.10.3. Uncontrolled Power Off
The uncontrolled power off means a situation when e.g. there is removed a battery without the controlled power off sequence. There will not
be any damages for the display module or the display module will not cause any damages for the host or lines of the interface.
At an uncontrolled power off the display will go blank and there will not be any visible effects within (TBD) second on the display (blank
display) and remains blank until “Power On Sequence” powers it up.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

188

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.11. Power Level Definition
7.11.1. Power Level
6 level modes are defined they are in order of Maximum Power consumption to Minimum Power Consumption:

1. Normal Mode On (full display), Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out.

In this mode, the display is able to show maximum 262,144 colors.
2. Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out.

In this mode part of the display is used with maximum 262,144 colors.
3. Normal Mode On (full display), Idle Mode On, Sleep Out.

In this mode, the full display area is used but with 8 colors.
4. Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out.

In this mode, part of the display is used but with 8 colors.
5. Sleep In Mode

In this mode, the DC: DC converter, Internal oscillator and panel driver circuit are stopped. Only the MCU interface and memory works
with VDDIO power supply. Contents of the memory are safe.
6. Power Off Mode

In this mode, both VDD and VDDIO are removed.

Note: Transition between modes 1-5 is controllable by MCU commands. Mode 6 is entered only
when both Power supplies are removed.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

189

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.11.2. Power Flow Chart

Normal display mode on = NORON
Partial mode on = PTLON
Idle mode off = IDMOFF

Power on sequence
HW reset
SW reset

Idle mode on = IDMON
Sleep out = SLPOUT
Sleep in = SLPIN

NORON

NORON

SLPIN
Sleep out
Normal display mode on
Idle mode off

PTLON

IDMON

SLPOUT

IDMOFF

Sleep in
Normal display mode on
Idle mode off

IDMON

PTLON

IDMOFF

SLPIN
Sleep out
Normal display mode on
Idle mode on

SLPOUT

Sleep in
Normal display mode on
Idle mode on

SLPIN
Sleep out
Partial mode on
Idle mode off

IDMON

IDMOFF

PTLON
NORON

Sleep in
Partial mode on
Idle mode off

SLPOUT

IDMON

IDMOFF

PTLON

SLPIN
Sleep out
Partial mode on
Idle mode on

SLPOUT

Sleep out

Sleep in
Partial mode on
Idle mode on

NORON

Sleep in

Note 1: There is not any abnormal visual effect when there is changing from one power mode to another power mode.
Note 2: There is not any limitation, which is not specified by this spec, when there is changing from one power mode to another power
mode.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

190

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.12. Gamma Curves

Gamma Curve
1.0
0.9
0.8

Gamma = 1.0

0.7

Gamma = 2.5

0.6

Gamma = 2.2

Y 0.5

Gamma = 1.8

0.4
0.3
0.2
Optical Gamma Curve according to the GC0 to GC3 bit
0.1

0.0
0.0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

X

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

191

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.13. Reset
7.13.1. Reset Value
7.13.1.1 Reset Table (Default Value, GM=00, 128RGB x 160)
Item
Frame memory
Sleep In/Out
Display On/Off
Display mode (normal/partial)
Display Inversion On/Off
Display Idle Mode On/Off
Column: Start Address (XS)
Row: Start Address (YS)

0000h

0000h

Row: End Address (YE)

009Fh

009Fh

GC0
See Section 6.14
0000h
009Fh
Off
0000h
00A0h
0000h
0000h
Off
0 (Mode1)

GC0
See Section 6.14
0000h
009Fh
Off
0000h
00A0h
0000h
0000h
Off
0 (Mode1)

After Software Reset
No Change
In
Off
Normal
Off
Off
0000h
007Fh (127d) (when MV=0)
009Fh (159d) (when MV=1)
0000h
009Fh (159d) (when MV=0)
007Fh (127d) (when MV=1)
GC0
No Change
0000h
009Fh
Off
0000h
00A0h
0000h
0000h
Off
0 (Mode1)

0/0/0/0/0

0/0/0/0/0

No Change

6 (18-Bit/Pixel)
08h
00h
6 (18-Bit/Pixel)
00h
00h
00h
38h
NV Value
NV Value

6 (18-Bit/Pixel)
08h
00h
6 (18-Bit/Pixel)
00h
00h
00h
38h
NV Value
NV Value

No Change
08h
No Change
No Change
00h
00h
00h
38h
NV Value
NV Value

Column: End Address (XE)

Gamma setting
RGB for 256, 4k and 65k Color Mode
Partial: Start Address (PSL)
Partial: End Address (PEL)
Scroll: Vertical scrolling
Scroll: Top Fixed Area (TFA)
Scroll: Scroll Area (VSA)
Scroll: Bottom Fixed Area (BFA)
Scroll Start Address (SSA)
Tearing: On/Off
Tearing Effect Mode *3)
Memory Data Access Control
(MY/MX/MV/ML/RGB)
Interface Pixel Color Format
RDDPM
RDDMADCTR
RDDCOLMOD
RDDIM
RDDSM
RDDSDR
ID1
ID2
ID3

After Power On
Random
In
Off
Normal
Off
Off
0000h

After Hardware Reset
No Change
In
Off
Normal
Off
Off
0000h

007Fh

007Fh

Notes 1. There will be no abnormal visible effects on the display when S/W or H/W Reset is applied.
Notes:2. Powered-On Reset finishes within 10µs after both VDD & VDDIO are applied.
Notes:3. TE Mode 1 means Tearing Effect Output Line consists of V-Blanking Information only.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

192

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.13.1.2 Reset Table (GM=01, 120RGB x 160)
Item
Frame memory
Sleep In/Out
Display On/Off
Display mode (normal/partial)
Display Inversion On/Off
Display Idle Mode On/Off
Column: Start Address (XS)
Column: End Address (XE)

0077h

0077h

Row: Start Address (YS)

0000h

0000h

Row: End Address (YE)

009Fh

009Fh

GC0
See Section 6.14
0000h
009Fh
Off
0000h
00A0h
0000h
0000h
Off
0 (Mode1)

GC0
See Section 6.14
0000h
009Fh
Off
0000h
00A0h
0000h
0000h
Off
0 (Mode1)

After Software Reset
No Change
In
Off
Normal
Off
Off
0000h
0077h (119d) (when MV=0)
009Fh (159d) (when MV=1)
0000h
009Fh (159d) (when MV=0)
0077h (119d) (when MV=1)
GC0
No Change
0000h
009Fh
Off
0000h
00A0h
0000h
0000h
Off
0 (Mode1)

0/0/0/0/0

0/0/0/0/0

No Change

6 (18-Bit/Pixel)
08h
00h
6 (18-Bit/Pixel)
00h
00h
00h
NV Value
NV Value
NV Value

6 (18-Bit/Pixel)
08h
00h
6 (18-Bit/Pixel)
00h
00h
00h
NV Value
NV Value
NV Value

No Change
08h
No Change
No Change
00h
00h
00h
NV Value
NV Value
NV Value

Gamma setting
RGB for 256, 4k and 65k Color Mode
Partial: Start Address (PSL)
Partial: End Address (PEL)
Scroll: Vertical scrolling
Scroll: Top Fixed Area (TFA)
Scroll: Scroll Area (VSA)
Scroll: Bottom Fixed Area (BFA)
Scroll Start Address (SSA)
Tearing: On/Off
Tearing Effect Mode *3)
Memory Data Access Control
(MY/MX/MV/ML/RGB)
Interface Pixel Color Format
RDDPM
RDDMADCTR
RDDCOLMOD
RDDIM
RDDSM
RDDSDR
ID1
ID2
ID3

After Power On
Random
In
Off
Normal
Off
Off
0000h

After Hardware Reset
No Change
In
Off
Normal
Off
Off
0000h

Notes 1. There will be no abnormal visible effects on the display when S/W or H/W Reset is applied.
Notes:2. Powered-On Reset finishes within 10µs after both VDD & VDDIO are applied.
Notes:3. TE Mode 1 means Tearing Effect Output Line consists of V-Blanking Information only.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

193

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.13.1.3 Reset Table (GM=10, 128RGB x 128)
Item
Frame memory
Sleep In/Out
Display On/Off
Display mode (normal/partial)
Display Inversion On/Off
Display Idle Mode On/Off
Column: Start Address (XS)

After Power On
Random
In
Off
Normal
Off
Off
0000h

After Hardware Reset
No Change
In
Off
Normal
Off
Off
0000h

Column: End Address (XE)

007Fh

007Fh

Row: Start Address (YS)

0000h

0000h

Row: End Address (YE)

007Fh

007Fh

GC0
See Section 6.14
0000h
007Fh
Off
0000h
0080h
0000h
0000h
Off
0 (Mode1)

GC0
See Section 6.14
0000h
007Fh
Off
0000h
0080h
0000h
0000h
Off
0 (Mode1)

After Software Reset
No Change
In
Off
Normal
Off
Off
0000h
007Fh (127d) (when MV=0)
007Fh (127d) (when MV=1)
0000h
007Fh (127d) (when MV=0)
007Fh (127d) (when MV=1)
GC0
No Change
0000h
007Fh
Off
0000h
0080h
0000h
0000h
Off
0 (Mode1)

0/0/0/0/0

0/0/0/0/0

No Change

6 (18-Bit/Pixel)
08h
00h
6 (18-Bit/Pixel)
00h
00h
00h
38h
NV Value
NV Value

6 (18-Bit/Pixel)
08h
00h
6 (18-Bit/Pixel)
00h
00h
00h
38h
NV Value
NV Value

No Change
08h
No Change
No Change
00h
00h
00h
38h
NV Value
NV Value

Gamma setting
RGB for 256, 4k and 65k Color Mode
Partial: Start Address (PSL)
Partial: End Address (PEL)
Scroll: Vertical scrolling
Scroll: Top Fixed Area (TFA)
Scroll: Scroll Area (VSA)
Scroll: Bottom Fixed Area (BFA)
Scroll Start Address (SSA)
Tearing: On/Off
Tearing Effect Mode *3)
Memory Data Access Control
(MY/MX/MV/ML/RGB)
Interface Pixel Color Format
RDDPM
RDDMADCTR
RDDCOLMOD
RDDIM
RDDSM
RDDSDR
ID1
ID2
ID3

Notes 1. There will be no abnormal visible effects on the display when S/W or H/W Reset is applied.
Notes:2. Powered-On Reset finishes within 10µs after both VDD & VDDIO are applied.
Notes:3. TE Mode 1 means Tearing Effect Output Line consists of V-Blanking Information only.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

194

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.13.1.4 Reset Table (GM=11, 132RGB x 162)
Item
Frame memory
Sleep In/Out
Display On/Off
Display mode (normal/partial)
Display Inversion On/Off
Display Idle Mode On/Off
Column: Start Address (XS)
Column: End Address (XE)

0083h

0083h

Row: Start Address (YS)

0000h

0000h

Row: End Address (YE)

00A1h

00A1h

GC0
See Section 6.14
0000h
00A1h
Off
0000h
00A2h
0000h
0000h
Off
0 (Mode1)

GC0
See Section 6.14
0000h
00A1h
Off
0000h
00A2h
0000h
0000h
Off
0 (Mode1)

After Software Reset
No Change
In
Off
Normal
Off
Off
0000h
0083h (131d) (when MV=0)
00A1h (161d) (when MV=1)
0000h
00A1h (161d) (when MV=0)
0083h (131d) (when MV=1)
GC0
No Change
0000h
00A1h
Off
0000h
00A2h
0000h
0000h
Off
0 (Mode1)

0/0/0/0/0

0/0/0/0/0

No Change

6 (18-Bit/Pixel)
08h
00h
6 (18-Bit/Pixel)
00h
00h
00h
38h
NV Value
NV Value

6 (18-Bit/Pixel)
08h
00h
6 (18-Bit/Pixel)
00h
00h
00h
38h
NV Value
NV Value

No Change
08h
No Change
No Change
00h
00h
00h
38h
NV Value
NV Value

Gamma setting
RGB for 256, 4k and 65k Color Mode
Partial: Start Address (PSL)
Partial: End Address (PEL)
Scroll: Vertical scrolling
Scroll: Top Fixed Area (TFA)
Scroll: Scroll Area (VSA)
Scroll: Bottom Fixed Area (BFA)
Scroll Start Address (SSA)
Tearing: On/Off
Tearing Effect Mode *3)
Memory Data Access Control
(MY/MX/MV/ML/RGB)
Interface Pixel Color Format
RDDPM
RDDMADCTR
RDDCOLMOD
RDDIM
RDDSM
RDDSDR
ID1
ID2
ID3

After Power On
Random
In
Off
Normal
Off
Off
0000h

After Hardware Reset
No Change
In
Off
Normal
Off
Off
0000h

Notes 1. There will be no abnormal visible effects on the display when S/W or H/W Reset is applied.
Notes:2. Powered-On Reset finishes within 10µs after both VDD & VDDIO are applied.
Notes:3. TE Mode 1 means Tearing Effect Output Line consists of V-Blanking Information only.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

195

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.13.2. Module Input/Output Pins
7.13.2.1 Output or Bi-directional (I/O) Pins

Output or Bi-directional pins

After Power On

After Hardware Reset

After Software Reset

TE

Low

Low

Low

D7 to D0 (Output driver)

High-Z (Inactive)

High-Z (Inactive)

High-Z (Inactive)

Note: There will be no output from D7-D0 during Power On/Off sequence, Hardware Reset and Software Reset.

7.13.2.2 Input Pins
Input pins

During Power On
Process

After Power On

After Hardware
Reset

After Software
Reset

During Power Off
Process

RESX

See 6.10

Input valid

Input valid

Input valid

See 6.10

CSX

Input invalid

Input valid

Input valid

Input valid

Input invalid

D/CX

Input invalid

Input valid

Input valid

Input valid

Input invalid

WRX

Input invalid

Input valid

Input valid

Input valid

Input invalid

RDX

Input invalid

Input valid

Input valid

Input valid

Input invalid

D7 to D0

Input invalid

Input valid

Input valid

Input valid

Input invalid

P/SX

Input invalid

Input valid

Input valid

Input valid

Input invalid

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

196

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.13.3. Reset Timing
Shorter than 5µs

tRESW

!RES
RESX

tREST

Internal Status

Initial Condition
(Default for H/W reset)

Resetting

Normal Operation

Table 7.13.3.1 Reset input timing
VSS=0V, VDDIO=1.6V to 3.6V, VDD=2.6V to 3.6V,Ta = -30 to 70°C)
Symbol

Parameter

Related Pins

MIN

TYP

MAX

tRESW

*1) Reset low pulse width

RESX

10

-

-

tREST

-

-

5

-

120

*2) Reset complete time
-

Note

Unit

-

µs

When reset applied during
Sleep in mode
When reset applied during
Sleep out mode

ms
ms

Note 1) Spike due to an electrostatic discharge on RESX line does not cause irregular system reset according to the table below.

RESX Pulse

Action

Shorter than 5µs

Reset Rejected

Longer than 10µs

Reset

Between 5µs and 10µs

Reset starts
(It depends on voltage and temperature condition.)

Note 2. During the resetting period, the display will be blanked (The display is entering blanking sequence, which maximum time is 120 ms,
when Reset Starts in Sleep Out –mode. The display remains the blank state in Sleep In –mode) and then return to Default condition
for H/W reset.
Note 3. During Reset Complete Time, ID2 and VCOMOF value in OTP will be latched to internal register during this period. This loading is
done every time when there is H/W reset complete time (tREST) within 5ms after a rising edge of RESX.
Note 4. Spike Rejection also applies during a valid reset pulse as shown below:

10µs
Reset is accepted
10µs

Note 5. It is necessary to wait 5msec after releasing RESX before sending commands. Also Sleep Out command cannot be sent for
120msec.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

197

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.14. Colour Depth Conversion Look Up Tables

7.14.1. 4096 and 65536 Colour to 262,144 Colour
Colour

Look Up Table Outputs
Frame Memory Data (6-bit)

RED

R005R004 R003 R002 R001 R000
R015R014 R013 R012 R011 R010
R025R024 R023 R022 R021 R020
R035R034 R033 R032 R031 R030
R045R044 R043 R042 R041 R040
R055R054 R053 R052 R051 R050
R065R064 R063 R062 R061 R060
R075R074 R073 R072 R071 R070
R085R084 R083 R082 R081 R080
R095R094 R093 R092 R091 R090
R105R104 R103 R102 R101 R100
R115R114 R113 R112 R111 R110
R125R124 R123 R122 R121 R120
R135R134 R133 R132 R131 R130
R145R144 R143 R142 R141 R140
R155R154 R153 R152 R151 R150
R165R164 R163 R162 R161 R160
R175R174 R173 R172 R171 R170
R185R184 R183 R182 R181 R180
R195R194 R193 R192 R191 R190
R205R204 R203 R202 R201 R200
R215R214 R213 R212 R211 R210
R225R224 R223 R222 R221 R220
R235R234 R233 R232 R231 R230
R245R244 R243 R242 R241 R240
R255R254 R253 R252 R251 R250
R265R264 R263 R262 R261 R260
R275R274 R273 R272 R271 R270
R285R284 R283 R282 R281 R280
R295R294 R293 R292 R291 R290
R305R304 R303 R302 R301 R300
R315R314 R313 R312 R311 R310

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Default value after H/W Reset
4k Colour
000000
000100
001000
001100
010001
010101
011001
011101
100010
100110
101010
101110
110011
110111
111011
111111

Not Used

65k Colour
000000
000010
000100
000110
001000
001010
001100
001110
010000
010010
010100
010110
011000
011010
011100
011110
100001
100011
100101
100111
101001
101011
101101
101111
110001
110011
110101
110111
111001
111011
111101
111111

198

RGBSET
Parameter
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32

Look Up Table Input Data
4k Colour
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111

Not Used

65k Colour
00000
00001
00010
00011
00100
00101
00110
00111
01000
01001
01010
01011
01100
01101
01110
01111
10000
10001
10010
10011
10100
10101
10110
10111
11000
11001
11010
11011
11100
11101
11110
11111

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B

Colour

Look Up Table Outputs
Frame Memory Data (6-bit)

GREEN

G005 G004 G003 G002 G001 G000
G015 G014 G013 G012 G011 G010
G025 G024 G023 G022 G021 G020
G035 G034 G033 G032 G031 G030
G045 G044 G043 G042 G041 G040
G055 G054 G053 G052 G051 G050
G065 G064 G063 G062 G061 G060
G075 G074 G073 G072 G071 G070
G085 G084 G083 G082 G081 G080
G095 G094 G093 G092 G091 G090
G105 G104 G103 G102 G101 G100
G115 G114 G113 G112 G111 G110
G125 G124 G123 G122 G121 G120
G135 G134 G133 G132 G131 G130
G145 G144 G143 G142 G141 G140
G155 G154 G153 G152 G151 G150
G165 G164 G163 G162 G161 G160
G175 G174 G173 G172 G171 G170
G185 G184 G183 G182 G181 G180
G195 G194 G193 G192 G191 G190
G205 G204 G203 G202 G201 G200
G215 G214 G213 G212 G211 G210
G225 G224 G223 G222 G221 G220
G235 G234 G233 G232 G231 G230
G245 G244 G243 G242 G241 G240
G255 G254 G253 G252 G251 G250
G265 G264 G263 G262 G261 G260
G275 G 274 G273 G272 G271 G270
G285 G 284 G283 G282 G281 G280
G295 G 294 G293 G292 G291 G290
G305 G 304 G303 G302 G301 G300
G315 G 314 G313 G312 G311 G310

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Default value after H/W Reset
4k Colour
000000
000100
001000
001100
010001
010101
011001
011101
100010
100110
101010
101110
110011
110111
111011
111111

Not Used

65k Colour
000000
000001
000010
000011
000100
000101
000110
000111
001000
001001
001010
001011
001100
001101
001110
001111
010000
010001
010010
010011
010100
010101
010110
010111
011000
011001
011010
011011
011100
011101
011110
011111

199

RGBSET
Parameter
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64

Look Up Table Input Data
4k Colour
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111

Not Used

65k Colour
000000
000001
000010
000011
000100
000101
000110
000111
001000
001001
001010
001011
001100
001101
001110
001111
010000
010001
010010
010011
010100
010101
010110
010111
011000
011001
011010
011011
011100
011101
011110
011111

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B

Colour

Look Up Table Outputs
Frame Memory Data (6-bit)

GREEN

G325 G324 G323 G322 G321 G320
G335 G334 G333 G332 G331 G330
G345 G344 G343 G342 G341 G340
G355 G354 G353 G352 G351 G350
G365 G364 G363 G362 G361 G360
G375 G374 G373 G372 G371 G370
G385 G384 G383 G382 G381 G380
G395 G394 G393 G392 G391 G390
G405 G404 G403 G402 G401 G400
G415 G414 G413 G412 G411 G410
G425 G424 G423 G422 G421 G420
G435 G434 G433 G432 G431 G430
G445 G444 G443 G442 G441 G440
G455 G454 G453 G452 G451 G450
G465 G464 G463 G462 G461 G460
G475 G474 G473 G472 G471 G470
G485 G484 G483 G482 G481 G480
G495 G494 G493 G492 G491 G490
G505 G504 G503 G502 G501 G500
G515 G514 G513 G512 G511 G510
G525 G524 G523 G522 G521 G520
G535 G534 G533 G532 G531 G530
G545 G544 G543 G542 G541 G540
G555 G554 G553 G552 G551 G550
G565 G564 G563 G562 G561 G560
G575 G574 G573 G572 G571 G570
G585 G584 G583 G582 G581 G580
G595 G594 G593 G592 G591 G590
G605 G604 G603 G602 G601 G600
G615 G614 G613 G612 G611 G610
G625 G624 G623 G622 G621 G620
G635 G634 G633 G632 G631 G630

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Default value after H/W Reset
4k Colour

Not Used

65k Colour
100000
100001
100010
100011
100100
100101
100110
100111
101000
101001
101010
101011
101100
101101
101110
101111
110000
110001
110010
110011
110100
110101
110110
110111
111000
111001
111010
111011
111100
111101
111110
111111

200

RGBSET
parameter
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96

Look Up Table Input Data
4k Colour

Not Used

65k Colour
100000
100001
100010
100011
100100
100101
100110
100111
101000
101001
101010
101011
101100
101101
101110
101111
110000
110001
110010
110011
110100
110101
110110
110111
111000
111001
111010
111011
111100
111101
111110
111111

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B

Colour

Look Up Table Outputs
Frame Memory Data (6-bit)

BLUE

B005B004 B003 B002 B001 B000
B015B014 B013 B012 B011 B010
B025B024 B023 B022 B021 B020
B035B034 B033 B032 B031 B030
B045B044 B043 B042 B041 B040
B055B054 B053 B052 B051 B050
B065B064 B063 B062 B061 B060
B075B074 B073 B072 B071 B070
B085B084 B083 B082 B081 B080
B095B094 B093 B092 B091 B090
B105B104 B103 B102 B101 B100
B115B114 B113 B112 B111 B110
B125B124 B123 B122 B121 B120
B135B134 B133 B132 B131 B130
B145B144 B143 B142 B141 B140
B155B154 B153 B152 B151 B150
B165B164 B163 B162 B161 B160
B175B174 B173 B172 B171 B170
B185B184 B183 B182 B181 B180
B195B194 B193 B192 B191 B190
B205B204 B203 B202 B201 B200
B215B214 B213 B212 B211 B210
B225B224 B223 B222 B221 B220
B235B234 B233 B232 B231 B230
B245B244 B243 B242 B241 B240
B255B254 B253 B252 B251 B250
B265B264 B263 B262 B261 B260
B275B274 B273 B272 B271 B270
B285B284 B283 B282 B281 B280
B295B294 B293 B292 B291 B290
B305B304 B303 B302 B301 B300
B315B314 B313 B312 B311 B310

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Default value after H/W Reset
4k Colour
000000
000100
001000
001100
010001
010101
011001
011101
100010
100110
101010
101110
110011
110111
111011
111111

Not Used

65k Colour
000000
000011
000101
000111
001001
001011
001101
001111
010001
010011
010101
010111
011001
011011
011101
011111
100001
100011
100101
100111
101001
101011
101101
101111
110001
110011
110101
110111
111001
111011
111101
111111

201

RGBSET
parameter
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128

Look Up Table Input Data
4k Colour
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111

Not Used

65k Colour
00000
00001
00010
00011
00100
00101
00110
00111
01000
01001
01010
01011
01100
01101
01110
01111
10000
10001
10010
10011
10100
10101
10110
10111
11000
11001
11010
11011
11100
11101
11110
11111

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.15. Sleep Out-Command and Self-Diagnostic Functions of the Display Module
7.15.1. Register Loading Detection
Sleep Out-command is a trigger for an internal function of the display module, which indicates, if the display module loading function of
factory default values from OTP (one-time programming memory) to registers of the display controller is working properly.
There are compared factory values of the OTP and register values of the display controller by the display controller. If those both values
(OTP and register values) are same, there is inverted (=increased by 1) a bit in “Read Display Self-Diagnostic Result (0Fh)” (=RDDSDR)
(The used bit of this command is D7). If those both values are not same, this bit (D7) is not inverted (= increased by 1).

The flow chart for this internal function is following:

Power on sequence
HW reset
SW reset

Sleep In (10h)

Sleep Out Mode

Sleep In Mode

RDDSDR’s D7=0

Sleep Out (11h)

Loads values from
OTP to registers

No

Compares OTP and
register values

Are OTP and register
values same ?

Yes
D7 inverted

Note: There is not compared and loaded register values, which can be changed by user (00h to AFh and DAh to DDh), by the display
module.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

202

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.15.2. Functionality Detection
Sleep Out-command is a trigger for an internal function of the display module, which indicates, if the display module is still running and
meets functionality requirements.
The internal function (= the display controller) is comparing, if the display module is still meeting functionality requirements (only Booster
voltage level). If functionality requirement is met, there is inverted (= increased by 1) a bit in “Read Display Self- Diagnostic Result (0Fh)” (=
RDDSDR) (The used bit of this command is D6). If functionality requirement is not same, this bit (D6) is not inverted (= increased by 1).

The flow chart for this internal function is following:

Sleep In (10h)

Sleep Out Mode

Sleep In Mode

Power on sequence
HW reset
SW reset

RDDSDR’s D6=0

Sleep Out (11h)

Checks Booster voltage levels
and other functionalities

No

Is functionality
requirement met ?

Yes
D6 inverted

Note: There is needed 120msec after Sleep Out -command, when there is changing from Sleep In –mode to Sleep Out -mode, before there
is possible to check if functionality requirements are met and a value of RDDSDR’s D6 is valid. Otherwise, there is 5msec delay for
D6’s value, when Sleep Out –command is sent in Sleep Out -mode.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

203

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.15.3. Chip Attachment Detection
Sleep Out-command is a trigger for an internal function of the display module, which indicates, if a chip or chips (e.g. driver, etc.) of the
display module is/are attached to the circuit route of a flex foil or display glass ITO.
There is inverted (= increased by 1) a bit in command “Read Display Self- Diagnostic Result (0Fh)” (= RDDSDR) (The used bit of this
command is D5), if the chip or chips is/are attached to the circuit route of the flex or display glass. If this chip is or those chips are not
attached to the circuit route of the flex or display glass, this bit (D5) is not inverted (= increased by 1).

The following figure is for reference purposes; how this chip attachment can be implemented e.g. there are connected together 2 bumps via
route of ITO or the flex foil on 4 corners of the driver (chip).

Bump

Routing
between
bumps

Through view of driver to

Routing
between
bumps

Substrate of display glass

The flow chart for this internal function is following:

Sleep In (10h)

Sleep Out Mode

Sleep In Mode

Power on sequence
HW reset
SW reset

RDDSDR’s D5=0

Sleep Out (11h)

Checks, if chip is attached to
route

No

Is chip attached to
routes?

Yes
D5 inverted

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

204

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.15.4. Display Glass Break Detection
Sleep Out-command is a trigger for an internal function of the display module, which indicates, if the display glass of the display module is
broken or not.
There is inverted (= increased by 1) a bit in “Read Display Self-Diagnostic Result (0Fh)” (= RDDSDR) (The used bit of this command is D4),
if the display glass is not broken. If this display glass is broken, this bit (D4) is not inverted (= increased by 1).
The following figure is a reference, how this glass break detection can be implemented e.g. there is connected together 2 bumps via route
of ITO. This route of ITO is the nearest route of the edge of the display glass.

Active area of the display glass

Through view of driver to

Substrate of display glass

The flow chart for this internal function is following:

Sleep In (10h)

Sleep Out Mode

Sleep In Mode

Power on sequence
HW reset
SW reset

RDDSDR’s D4=0

Sleep Out (11h)

Checks, if display glass is broken

Yes

Is the display glass
broken?

No
D4 inverted

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

205

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
7.16. Oscillator
The chip has on-chip oscillator that does not require external components. This oscillator output signal is used for system clock generation
for internal display operation.

7.17. System Colck Generator
The timing generator produces the various signals to dirver the internal circuitty. Internal chip operation is not affected by operations on the
data bus.

7.18. Instruction Decoder and Register
The instruction decoder indentifies command words arriving at the interface and routes the following data bytes to their destination. The
command set can be found in “ Command” section.

7.19. Source Driver
The source driver block includes 132x3 source outputs (S1 to S396), which should be connected directly to the TFT-LCD. The source
output signals are generated in the data processing block after the data is read out of the RAM and latched, which represent the
simulatance selected rows.

7.20. Gate Driver
The gate dirver block include 160 chanel gate output (G1 to G162) which should be connected directly to the TFT-LCD.

7.20.1. Gate Driver

S1-S396

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

G1
G2
G3
G4
G5
G6
G7

VGH

G8

VGL

G9
G10
G11
G12
Fig. 7.20.1 Gate Driver Output Option 1

7.21. γ-CORRECTION FUNCTION
The SPFD54124B adopts true 6-bit OP-AMP with adjustable γ -correction function to display in 262,144 colors. The adjustable γ
-correction can be set by 14 groups of registers to determine eight reference grayscale levels, which are gradient adjustment, amplitude
adjustment and fine-adjustment registers. Each register group can be set independently to other register groups.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

206

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
8. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
8.1. DC CharacteristicAC Characteristic
(VDD=2.6V~3.6V, VDDIO = 1.6V~3.6V, Ta = -40℃ ~ 85℃)

Parameter
Power & Operation Voltage
Analog Operating voltage
Logic Operating voltage
Digital Operating voltage
Gate Driver High voltage
Gate Driver Low voltage
Driver Supply voltage
Input / Output
Logic High level input voltage
Logic Low level input voltage
Logic High level output
voltage
Logic Low level output voltage
Logic High level input current
Logic Low level input current
Logic Input leakage current
VCOM Operation
VCOM High voltage
VCOM Low voltage
VCOM Amplitude voltage
Source Driver
Source output range
Gamma reference voltage

Source output settling time
Output deviation voltage
(Source output channel)
Output offset voltage
Booster Operation
Internal reference voltage
1st Booster (VDDx2) voltage
1st Booster (VDDx2) Drop
voltage
Linear range

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

Symbol

Conditions

VDD
VDDIO
VCC
VGH
VGL

Operating Voltage
I/O supply voltageDigital supply voltage

MIN

Specification
TYP
MAX

Unit

2.78
1.8/2.78

|VGH-VGL|

2.6
1.6
2.6
10.0
-11.5
19

3.6
3.6
3.6
13.5
-9.0
30

V
V
V
V
V
V

VIH
VIL

-

0.7VDDIO
VSS

-

VDDIO
0.3VDDIO

V
V

VOH

IOH = -1.0mA

0.8VDDIO

-

VDDIO

V

VOL
IIH
IIL
IIL

IOL = +1.0mA

VSS

-

0.2VDDIO
1

VIN = VDDIO or VSS

-1
-0.1

-

+0.1

V
µA
µA
µA

VCOMH
VCOML
VCOMA

Ccom=12nF
Ccom=12nF
|VCOMH-VCOML|

2.5
-2.5
4.0

5.0
0.0
6.0

V
V
V

0.1
3.0

AVDD-0.1

5.0

V
V

20

µs

20
15
35

mV
mV
mv

1
6.0 *7)

%
V

5%

%

AVDD-0.2

Notes

V

VSout
GVDD
Tr
V,dev

Below with 99%
precision

15

Sout & gt; =4.2V, Sout & lt; =0.8V
4.2V & gt; Sout & gt; 0.8V

VOFSET
VREF
AVDD
VDDx2,d
rop

4.95 *6)
I AVDD = 1mA
(include Panel loading)

VLinear

0.2

207

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
8.2. AC timing Characteristics
8.2.1.

Parallel Interface Characteristics 18, 16 ,9 or 8-bits bus (8080-series MCU)
TCHW

TCHW

CSX

VIH

TCSF

VIL

TCSH

TCS

D/CX

VIH
VIL

TAST

TAHT

TWC

WRX

TCSF

VIH

TWRL

TWRH

VIL

TDST

D[17:0]
Write

TDHT

VIH
VIL

TRCS/TRCSFM
TAST
VIH

RDX

TAHT

TRC/TRCFM
TRDL/TRDLFM

TRDH/ TRDHFM

VIL

TODH

TRAT/ TRATFM

D[17:0]
Read

VIH
VIL

Fig. 8.2.1.1 Parallel Interface characteristics (8080-Series MCU)

Table 8.2.1.1: AC Characteristics for Parallel Interface18, 16, 9, 8-bits bus (8080-series MCU)
Signal
D/CX

CSX

WRX

RDX (ID)

RDX (FM)

D[17:0]

Symbol
TAST
TAHT
TCHW
TCS
TRCS
TRCSFM
TCSF
TCSH
TWC
TWRH
TWRL
TRC
TRDH
TRDL
TRCFM
TRDHFM
TRDLFM
TDST
TDHT
TRAT
TRATFM
TODH

Parameter

MIN

Address setup time
Address hold time (Write/Read)
Chip select “H” pulse width
Chip select setup time (Write)
Chip select setup time (Read ID)
Chip select setup time (Read FM)
Chip select wait time (Write/Read)
Chip select hold time
Write cycle
Control pulse “H” duration
Control pulse “L” duration
Read cycle (ID)
Control pulse “H” duration (ID)
Control pulse “L” duration (ID)
Read cycle (FM)
Control pulse “H” duration (FM)
Control pulse “L” duration (FM)
Data setup time
Data hold time
Read access time (ID)
Read access time (FM)
Output disable time

MAX

Unit

40
340
80

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

10
10
0
35
45
355
10
10
100
35
35
160
90
45
450
90
355
10
10

20

Description
-

-(3-transfer for one pixel)

When read ID data

When read from frame memory

For maximum CL=30pF
For minimum CL=8pF

Note 1: VDDIO=1.6 to 3.6V, VDD=2.6 to 3.6V, AGND=DGND=0V, Ta=-30 to 70℃ (to +85℃ no damage)

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

208

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B

Input Signal Slope

Output Signal Slope

TR

TF

TR

TF

VIH=0.7*VDDIO
VIL=0.3*VDDIO

VOH=0.8*VDDIO
VOL=0.2*VDDIO

TR=TF & lt; = 15ns

TR=TF & lt; = 15ns

Fig. 8.2.1.2 Rising and Falling timing for Input and Output signal

VIH

CSX

VIL

TCHW
VIH

WRX
RDX

VIL

TCSF

Min. 5ns

Fig.8.2.1.3 Chip selection (CSX) timing

CSX

WRX

VIH

VIH

VIL

VIL

VIH

RDX
TWRH

VIL

TWRH /TRDHFM

Fig. 8.2.1.4 Write to read and Read to write timing

NOTE: The input signal rise time and fall time (Tr, Tf) is specified at 15 ns or less.
Logic high and low levels are specified as 30% and 70% of VDDIO for Input signals.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

209

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
8.3. Parallel Interface Characteristics 18, 16 ,9 or 8-bits bus (6800-series MCU)
TCHW
CSX

TCS
TRCS/TRCSFM

VIH
VIL

TCSH
TCSF

VIH

D/CX

VIL

TAHT

TAST
/WX

VIH

TWC

VIL

TWRH

VIL
VIH

D[17:0]
Write

RX

TWRL

VIH

E

VIL

TDHT

TDST

VIH

TRC/TRCFM

VIL
VIH

E

TRDH/ TRDHFM

VIL

TRDL/TRDLFM

TRAT/ TRATFM
D[17:0]
Read

VIH

TODH

VIL

Fig. 8.3.1 Parallel Interface characteristics (6800-Series MCU)
Table 8.3.1: AC Characteristics for Parallel Interface 18, 16, 9, 8-bits bus (6800-series MCU)
Signal
D/CX

CSX

WRX

RDX (ID)

RDX (FM)

D[17:0]

Symbol
TAST
TAHT
TCHW
TCS
TRCS
TRCSFM
TCSF
TCSH
TWC
TWRH
TWRL
TRC
TRDH
TRDL
TRCFM
TRDHFM
TRDLFM
TDST
TDHT
TRAT
TRATFM
TODH

Parameter

MIN

Address setup time
Address hold time (Write/Read)
Chip select “H” pulse width
Chip select setup time (Write)
Chip select setup time (Read ID)
Chip select setup time (Read FM)
Chip select wait time (Write/Read)
Chip select hold time
Write cycle
Control pulse “H” duration
Control pulse “L” duration
Read cycle (ID)
Control pulse “H” duration (ID)
Control pulse “L” duration (ID)
Read cycle (FM)
Control pulse “H” duration (FM)
Control pulse “L” duration (FM)
Data setup time
Data hold time
Read access time (ID)
Read access time (FM)
Output disable time

MAX

Unit

40
340
80

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

10
10
0
35
45
355
10
10
100
35
35
160
90
45
450
90
355
10
10

20

Description
-

-

When read ID data

When read from frame
memory

For maximum CL=30pF
For minimum CL=8pF

Note 1: VDDIO=1.6 to 3.6V, VDD=2.6 to 3.6V, AGND=DGND=0V, Ta=-30 to 70℃ (to +85℃ no damage)
Note 2: The input signal rise time and fall time (tr, tf) is specified at 15 ns or less.
Logic high and low levels are specified as 30% and 70% of VDDIO for Input signals.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

210

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
8.4. Serial Interface Characteristics (3-pin Serial)

CSX

VIH

TCHW

VIL

TCSS

SCL

TSCYCW /TSCYCR

VIH
VIL

TSDS

SDA
(DIN)

TCSH
TSCC

TSLW /TSLR
TSHW /TSHR
TSDH

VIH
VIL

TACC

SDA
(DOUT)

TOH

VIH
VIL

Fig. 8.4.1 3-pin Serial Interface Characteristics

Table 8.4.1: 3-pin Serial Interface Characteristics
Signal

CSX

SCL

SDA
(DIN)
(DOUT)

Symbol
TCSS
TCSH
TSCC
TCHW
TSCYCW
TSHW
TSLW
TSCYCR
TSHR
TSLR
TSDS
TSDH
TACC
TOH

Parameter

MIN

Chip select setup time
Chip select hold time
Chip select setup time
Chip select setup time
Serial clock cycle (Write)
SCL “H” pulse width (Write)
SCL “L” pulse width (Write)
Serial clock cycle (Read)
SCL “H” pulse width (Read)
SCL “L” pulse width (Read)
Data setup time
Data hold time
Access time
Output disable time

MAX

60
65
20
40
100
35
35
150
60
60
30
30
10
15

Unit
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

Description

-

For maximum CL=30pF
For minimum CL=8pF

Note 1: VDDIO=1.6 to 3.6V, VDD=2.6 to 3.6V, AGND=DGND=0V, Ta=-30 to 70℃ (to +85℃ no damage)
Note 2: The input signal rise time and fall time (tr, tf) is specified at 15 ns or less.
Logic high and low levels are specified as 30% and 70% of VDDIO for Input signals.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

211

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

PADA1
PADB1
PADA0
EXTC
VSS
IM0
VDDIO
IM1
VSS
IM2
VDDIO
P68
VSS
RCM0
VDDIO
RCM1
VSS
SRGB
VDDIO
SMX
VSS
SMY
VDDIO
IDM
VSS
REV
VDDIO
RL
VSS
TB
VDDIO
SHUT
VSS
GM1
GM0
LCM
VDDIO
LCM1
VSS
DB17
DB16
DB15
DB14
DB13
DB12
DB11
DB10
DB9
DB8
VSS
TESEL
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
TEST/DUMMY
TRIM1
TRIM2
TRIM3
TRIM4
OSC
TE
CSX
RDX
WRX
SDA
GAMSEL
SPI4
RESX
VSS
DCX
VSS
PCLK
VSS
DE
HS
VS
TEST1
TEST2
TEST3
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDD_18V
VDD_18V
VDD_18V
VCI1
VCI1
VCI1
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VREF
VREF
VREF
FB
DRV
AVDD
AVDD
AVDD
AVDD
AVDD
GVDD
GVDD
GVDD
C11P
C11P
C11P
C11N
C11N
C11N
C12P
C12P
C12P
C12N
C12N
C12N
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VCL
VCL
VCL
C21P
C21P
C21N
C21N
C22P
C22P
C22N
C22N
C23P
C23P
C23N
C23N
VGL
VGL
VGL
VGH
VGH
VGH
VCOMH
VCOMH
VCOMH
VCOML
VCOML
VCOML
PADB0
VCOM
VCOM
VCOM
PADA2
PADB2

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential
Item

Pad pitch

Bumped pad size

Chip Size
X

-

Chip thickness
PAD No.
Size

Y

13500

176~760
22
-

1, 2, 174, 175
64
-

3~173
80
-

176~760
21
96

3~173
55
96

1, 2, 174, 175
50

212

G146
G150
G154
G158
G162
DUMMY
DUMMY
PADB4

G2
G234
G230

S389
S391
S393
S395
DUMMY
DUMMY
DUMMY

S199

DUMMY
DUMMY

S198

S2
S4
S6
S8
S10

G1
DUMMY
DUMMY
DUMMY

G5

G157

G161

DUMMY
DUMMY

PADA4

G160
DUMMY

G152
G156

G144
G148

DUMMY
G236
G232

S390
S392
S394
S396
DUMMY
DUMMY

DUMMY
S200

DUMMY
DUMMY

S197

DUMMY
DUMMY
DUMMY
S1
S3
S5
S7
S9
S11

G3

G155

G159

PADA3
PADB3
DUMMY

Preliminary
SPFD54124B

9. CHIP INFORMATION

9.1. PAD Assignment

Coordinates origin: Pad Left-bottom side

9.2. PAD Dimension

Unit

700

400

96
µm

Note1: Chip size included scribe line.

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
9.3.

Bump Dimension

9.3.1.

9.3.2.

Input Pads

Output Pads

Item

Sumbol

Size

Item

Sumbol

Size

Bump Pitch
Bump Width
Bump height
Bump space 1
Bump space 2
Bump area
Chip boundary

A
B
C
D
E
BxC
F

22 um
21 um
96 um
35 um
23 um
2
2016 um
45-70 um

Bump Pitch
Bump Pitch
Bump Width
Bump height
Bump space 1
Bump space 2
Bump area
Chip boundary
Bump Width
Bump space 3

A
B
C
D
E
F
CxD
G
H
I

64 um
80 um
55 um
96 um
9 um
25um
2
5280 um
45-70 um
50
14

9.4. Bump Characteristics
Item

Standard

Note

Bump Hardness

75Hv

±25Hv

Bump Height

15µm

±3µm

Co-planarity (in Chip)

R≦ 2µm

R : Max-Min

Roughness (in Bump)

R≦ 2µm

R : Max-Min

Bump Size

“X” ± 4µm x “Y” ± 4µm

X/Y: bump size

Shear Force

& gt; 4.5g/mil^2

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

213

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
9.5. PAD Locations
PAD No.

PAD Name

X

Y

PAD No.

PAD Name

X

Y

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55

PADA1
PADB1
PADA0
EXTC
VSS
IM0
VDDIO
IM1
VSS
IM2
VDDIO
P68
VSS
RCM0
VDDIO
RCM1
VSS
SRGB
VDDIO
SMX
VSS
SMY
VDDIO
IDM
VSS
REV
VDDIO
RL
VSS
TB
VDDIO
SHUT
VSS
GM1
GM0
LCM0
VDDIO
LCM1
VSS
DB17
DB16
DB15
DB14
DB13
DB12
DB11
DB10
DB9
DB8
VSS
TESEL
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4

246
310
390
470
550
630
710
790
870
950
1030
1110
1190
1270
1350
1430
1510
1590
1670
1750
1830
1910
1990
2070
2150
2230
2310
2390
2470
2550
2630
2710
2790
2870
2950
3030
3110
3190
3270
3350
3430
3510
3590
3670
3750
3830
3910
3990
4070
4150
4230
4310
4390
4470
4550

78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78

56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110

DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
TEST/DUMMY
TRIM1
TRIM2
TRIM3
TRIM4
OSC
TE
CSX
RDX
WRX
SDA
GAMSEL
SPI4
RESX
VSS
DCX
VSS
PCLK
VSS
DE
HS
VS
TEST1
TEST2
TEST3
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDD_18V
VDD_18V
VDD_18V
VCI1
VCI1
VCI1
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VDD

4630
4710
4790
4870
4950
5030
5110
5190
5270
5350
5430
5510
5590
5670
5750
5830
5910
5990
6070
6150
6230
6310
6390
6470
6550
6630
6710
6790
6870
6950
7014
7078
7142
7206
7270
7334
7414
7478
7542
7606
7670
7734
7814
7878
7942
8022
8086
8150
8230
8294
8358
8422
8486
8550
8630

78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

214

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
PAD No.

PAD Name

X

Y

PAD No.

PAD Name

X

Y

111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166

VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VREF
VREF
VREF
FB
DRV
VDDA
VDDA
VDDA
VDDA
VDDA
GVDD
GVDD
GVDD
C11P
C11P
C11P
C11N
C11N
C11N
C12P
C12P
C12P
C12N
C12N
C12N
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VCL
VCL
VCL
C21P
C21P
C21N
C21N
C22P
C22P
C22N
C22N
C23P
C23P
C23N
C23N
VGL
VGL
VGL
VGH
VGH
VGH
VCOMH
VCOMH
VCOMH

8694
8758
8822
8886
8966
9030
9094
9174
9254
9334
9398
9462
9526
9590
9670
9734
9798
9878
9942
10006
10086
10150
10214
10294
10358
10422
10502
10566
10630
10710
10774
10838
10918
10982
11046
11126
11190
11270
11334
11414
11478
11558
11622
11702
11766
11846
11910
11990
12054
12118
12198
12262
12326
12406
12470
12534

78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78

167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222

VCOML
VCOML
VCOML
PADB0
VCOM
VCOM
VCOM
PADA2
PADB2
PADB4
DUMMY
PADA4
DUMMY
DUMMY
G162
G160
G158
G156
G154
G152
G150
G148
G146
G144
G142
G140
G138
G136
G134
G132
G130
G128
G126
G124
G122
G120
G118
G116
G114
G112
G110
G108
G106
G104
G102
G100
G98
G96
G94
G92
G90
G88
G86
G84
G82
G80

12614
12678
12742
12822
12902
12966
13030
13110
13174
13134
13112
13090
13068
13046
13024
13002
12980
12958
12936
12914
12892
12870
12848
12826
12804
12782
12760
12738
12716
12694
12672
12650
12628
12606
12584
12562
12540
12518
12496
12474
12452
12430
12408
12386
12364
12342
12320
12298
12276
12254
12232
12210
12188
12166
12144
12122

78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

215

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
PAD No.

PAD Name

X

Y

PAD No.

PAD Name

X

Y

223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278

G78
G76
G74
G72
G70
G68
G66
G64
G62
G60
G58
G56
G54
G52
G50
G48
G46
G44
G42
G40
G38
G36
G34
G32
G30
G28
G26
G24
G22
G20
G18
G16
G14
G12
G10
G8
G6
G4
G2
DUMMY
DUMMY
DUMMY
DUMMY
DUMMY
DUMMY
S396
S395
S394
S393
S392
S391
S390
S389
S388
S387
S386

12100
12078
12056
12034
12012
11990
11968
11946
11924
11902
11880
11858
11836
11814
11792
11770
11748
11726
11704
11682
11660
11638
11616
11594
11572
11550
11528
11506
11484
11462
11440
11418
11396
11374
11352
11330
11308
11286
11264
11242
11220
11198
11176
11154
11132
11110
11088
11066
11044
11022
11000
10978
10956
10934
10912
10890

411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542

279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334

S385
S384
S383
S382
S381
S380
S379
S378
S377
S376
S375
S374
S373
S372
S371
S370
S369
S368
S367
S366
S365
S364
S363
S362
S361
S360
S359
S358
S357
S356
S355
S354
S353
S352
S351
S350
S349
S348
S347
S346
S345
S344
S343
S342
S341
S340
S339
S338
S337
S336
S335
S334
S333
S332
S331
S330

10868
10846
10824
10802
10780
10758
10736
10714
10542
10670
10648
10626
10604
10582
10560
10538
10516
10494
10472
10450
10428
10406
10384
10362
10340
10318
10296
10274
10252
10230
10208
10186
10164
10142
10120
10098
10076
10054
10032
10010
9988
9966
9944
9922
9900
9878
9856
9834
9812
9790
9768
9746
9724
9702
9680
9658

411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

216

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
PAD No.

PAD Name

X

Y

PAD No.

PAD Name

X

Y

335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390

S329
S328
S327
S326
S325
S324
S323
S322
S321
S320
S319
S318
S317
S316
S315
S314
S313
S312
S311
S310
S309
S308
S307
S306
S305
S304
S303
S302
S301
S300
S299
S298
S297
S296
S295
S294
S293
S292
S291
S290
S289
S288
S287
S286
S285
S284
S283
S282
S281
S280
S279
S278
S277
S276
S275
S274

9636
9614
9592
9570
9548
9526
9504
9482
9460
9438
9416
9394
9372
9350
9328
9306
9284
9262
9240
9218
9196
9174
9152
9130
9108
9086
9064
9042
9020
8998
8976
8954
8932
8910
8888
8866
8844
8822
8800
8778
8756
8734
8712
8690
8668
8646
8624
8602
8580
8558
8536
8514
8492
8470
8448
8426

411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542

391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446

S273
S272
S271
S270
S269
S268
S267
S266
S265
S264
S263
S262
S261
S260
S259
S258
S257
S256
S255
S254
S253
S252
S251
S250
S249
S248
S247
S246
S245
S244
S243
S242
S241
S240
S239
S238
S237
S236
S235
S234
S233
S232
S231
S230
S229
S228
S227
S226
S225
S224
S223
S222
S221
S220
S219
S218

8404
8382
8360
8338
8316
8294
8272
8250
8228
8206
8184
8162
8140
8118
8096
8074
8052
8030
8008
7986
7964
7942
7920
7898
7876
7854
7832
7810
7788
7766
7744
7722
7700
7678
7656
7634
7612
7590
7568
7546
7524
7502
7480
7458
7436
7414
7392
7370
7348
7326
7304
7282
7260
7238
7216
7194

411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

217

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
PAD No.

PAD Name

X

Y

PAD No.

PAD Name

X

Y

447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502

S217
S216
S215
S214
S213
S212
S211
S210
S209
S208
S207
S206
S205
S204
S203
S202
S201
S200
S199
DUMMY
DUMMY
DUMMY
DUMMY
DUMMY
S198
S197
S196
S195
S194
S193
S192
S191
S190
S189
S188
S187
S186
S185
S184
S183
S182
S181
S180
S179
S178
S177
S176
S175
S174
S173
S172
S171
S170
S169
S168
S167

7172
7150
7128
7106
7084
7062
7040
7018
6996
6974
6952
6930
6908
6886
6864
6842
6820
6798
6776
6754
6732
6710
6688
6666
6644
6622
6600
6578
6556
6534
6512
6490
6468
6446
6424
6402
6380
6358
6336
6314
6292
6270
6248
6226
6204
6182
6160
6138
6116
6094
6072
6050
6028
6006
5984
5962

411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542

503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558

S166
S165
S164
S163
S162
S161
S160
S159
S158
S157
S156
S155
S154
S153
S152
S151
S150
S149
S148
S147
S146
S145
S144
S143
S142
S141
S140
S139
S138
S137
S136
S135
S134
S133
S132
S131
S130
S129
S128
S127
S126
S125
S124
S123
S122
S121
S120
S119
S118
S117
S116
S115
S114
S113
S112
S111

5940
5918
5896
5874
5852
5830
5808
5786
5764
5742
5720
5698
5676
5654
5632
4110
5588
5566
5544
5522
5500
5478
5456
5434
5422
5390
5368
5346
5324
5302
5280
5258
5236
5214
5192
5170
5148
5126
5104
5082
5060
5038
5016
4994
4972
4950
4928
4906
4884
4862
4840
4818
4796
4774
4752
4730

411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

218

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
PAD No.

PAD Name

X

Y

PAD No.

PAD Name

X

Y

559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614

S110
S109
S108
S107
S106
S105
S104
S103
S102
S101
S100
S99
S98
S97
S96
S95
S94
S93
S92
S91
S90
S89
S88
S87
S86
S85
S84
S83
S82
S81
S80
S79
S78
S77
S76
S75
S74
S73
S72
S71
S70
S69
S68
S67
S66
S65
S64
S63
S62
S61
S60
S59
S58
S57
S56
S55

4708
4686
4664
4642
4620
4598
4576
4554
4532
4510
4488
4466
4444
4422
4400
4378
4356
4334
4312
4290
4268
4246
4224
4202
4180
4158
4136
4114
4092
4070
4048
4026
4004
3982
3960
3938
3916
3894
3872
3850
3828
3806
3784
3762
3740
3718
3696
3674
3652
3630
3608
3586
3564
3542
3520
3498

411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542

615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670

S54
S53
S52
S51
S50
S49
S48
S47
S46
S45
S44
S43
S42
S41
S40
S39
S38
S37
S36
S35
S34
S33
S32
S31
S30
S29
S28
S27
S26
S25
S24
S23
S22
S21
S20
S19
S18
S17
S16
S15
S14
S13
S12
S11
S10
S9
S8
S7
S6
S5
S4
S3
S2
S1
DUMMY
DUMMY

3476
3454
3432
3410
3388
3366
3344
3322
3300
3278
3256
3234
3212
3190
3168
3146
3124
3102
3080
3058
3036
3014
2992
2970
2948
2926
2904
2882
2860
2838
2816
2794
2772
2750
2728
2706
2684
2662
2640
2618
2596
2574
2552
2530
2508
2486
2464
2442
2420
2398
2376
2354
2332
2310
2288
2266

411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

219

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
PAD No.

PAD Name

X

Y

PAD No.

PAD Name

X

Y

671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720

DUMMY
DUMMY
DUMMY
DUMMY
G1
G3
G5
G7
G9
G11
G13
G15
G17
G19
G21
G23
G25
G27
G29
G31
G33
G35
G37
G39
G41
G43
G45
G47
G49
G51
G53
G55
G57
G59
G61
G63
G65
G67
G69
G71
G73
G75
G77
G79
G81
G83
G85
G87
G89
G91

2244
2222
2200
2178
2156
2134
2112
2090
2068
2046
2024
2002
1980
1958
1936
1914
1892
1870
1848
1826
1804
1782
1760
1738
1716
1694
1672
1650
1628
1606
1584
1562
1540
1518
1496
1474
1452
1430
1408
1386
1364
1342
1320
1298
1276
1254
1232
1210
1188
1166

411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542

721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760

G93
G95
G97
G99
G101
G103
G105
G107
G109
G111
G113
G115
G117
G119
G121
G123
G125
G127
G129
G131
G133
G135
G137
G139
G141
G143
G145
G147
G149
G151
G153
G155
G157
G159
G161
DUMMY
DUMMY
PADB3
DUMMY
PADA3

1144
1122
1100
1078
1056
1034
1012
990
968
946
924
902
880
858
836
814
792
770
748
726
704
682
660
638
616
594
572
550
528
506
484
462
440
418
396
374
352
330
308
286

411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542
411
542

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

220

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
9.6. Alignment Mark

--Alignment Mark coordinate
Left (95, 107.5)
Right (13337.5, 107.5)

--Alignment Mark size

Left

Right
15um
25um

25um

25um

25um

25um

25um

15um

15um
15um

25um

25um

221

25um

15um

15um

25um

25um

40um

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

15um

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
9.7. Wiring Resistance
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26

Name
PADA1
PADB1
PADA0
EXTC
VSS
IM0
VDDIO
IM1
VSS
IM2
VDDIO
P68
VSS
RCM0
VDDIO
RCM1
VSS
SRGB
VDDIO
SMX
VSS
SMY
VDDIO
IDM
VSS
REV

27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

VDDIO
RL
VSS
TB
VDDIO
SHUT
VSS
GM1
GM0
LCM0
VDDIO
LCM1
VSS
DB17
DB16
DB15
DB14
DB13
DB12
DB11
DB10
DB9
DB8
VSS
TESEL
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
TEST/Dummy
TRIM1
TRIM2
TRIM3
TRIM4
OSC
TE
CSX
RDX
WRX
SDA

Wiring Resistance
Open
Open
Note1*(200 ohm)
200 ohm
Open
200 ohm
Open
200 ohm
Open
200 ohm
Open
200 ohm
Open
200 ohm
Open
200 ohm
Open
200 ohm
Open
200 ohm
Open
200 ohm
Open
200 ohm
Open
200 ohm

Open
200 ohm
Open
200 ohm
Open
200 ohm
Open
200 ohm
200 ohm
200 ohm
200 ohm

Open
Open
100 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm
Open
100 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm
Open

Open
Open
Open
Open
200 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96

NAME
GAMSEL
SPI4
RESX
VSS
DCX
VSS
PCLK
VSS
DE
HS
VS
TEST1
TEST2
TEST3
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO

WIRING RESISTANCE
200 ohm
200 ohm
200 ohm
Open
100 ohm
Open
100 ohm
Open
100 ohm
100 ohm
100 ohm
Open
Open
Open

97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140

VDDIO
VDD_18V
VDD_18V
VDD_18V
VCI1
VCI1
VCI1
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VSSA
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VREF
VREF
VREF
TEST
TESTCLK
VDDA
VDDA
VDDA
VDDA
VDDA
GVDD
GVDD
GVDD
C11P
C11P
C11P
C11N
C11N
C11N
C12P
C12P
C12P
C12N
C12N
C12N
VSSA

10 ohm

5 ohm

10 ohm

10 ohm

10 ohm

5 ohm

10 ohm
Open
Open

20 ohm

20 ohm
5 ohm

5 ohm

5 ohm

5 ohm
10 ohm

222

141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210

NAME
VSSA
VSSA
VCL
VCL
VCL
C21P
C21P
C21N
C21N
C22P
C22P
C22N
C22N
C23P
C23P
C23N
C23N
VGL
VGL
VGL
VGH
VGH
VGH
VCOMH
VCOMH
VCOMH

WIRING RESISTANCE
10 ohm

20 ohm

5 ohm
5 ohm
5 ohm
5 ohm
5 ohm
5 ohm
10 ohm

30 ohm

30 ohm

VCOML
VCOML
VCOML
PADB0
VCOM
VCOM
VCOM
PADA2
PADB2
TEST/Dummy
TEST/Dummy
TEST/Dummy
TEST/Dummy
PADB4
DUMMY
PADA4
DUMMY
DUMMY

30 ohm

Note1*(200 ohm)
10 ohm

Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
10. DISCLAIMER
The information appearing in this publication is believed to be accurate.
Integrated circuits sold by ORISE Technology are covered by the warranty and patent indemnification provisions stipulated in the terms of
sale only. ORISE Technology makes no warranty, express, statutory implied or by description regarding the information in this publication
or regarding the freedom of the described chip(s) from patent infringement.
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
alter the specifications and prices at any time without notice.

FURTHERMORE, ORISE Technology MAKES NO

ORISE Technology reserves the right to halt production or

Accordingly, the reader is cautioned to verify that the data sheets and other

information in this publication are current before placing orders. Products described herein are intended for use in normal commercial
applications.

Applications involving unusual environmental or reliability requirements, e.g. military equipment or medical life support

equipment, are specifically not recommended without additional processing by ORISE Technology for such applications. Please note that
application circuits illustrated in this document are for reference purposes only.

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

223

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6

Preliminary
SPFD54124B
11. REVISION HISTORY
Date

Revision #

Description

APR. 26, 2007

0.6

Modify Chip Size

APR. 04, 2007

0.5

1. Modify the operation voltage range of VDD and VDDIO

Page
212
31,33

VDD1

1.6V~3.6V

40,42

VDD

2.6V~3.6V

197

2. Modify “VCI”
3. Modify “VDD1”

“VDD”

6

“VDDIO”

147-155
207-211

JAN. 09, 2007

0.4

1. Add PAD Dimension

212

2. Add Bump Dimension

213

3. Add Bump Characteristics

213
214

NOV. 15, 2006

0.3

Change Title From 9.PAD Location to 9. CHIP INFORMATION

NOV. 13, 2006

0.2

Add Ordering Information

JUN. 22, 2006

0.1

Original

© ORISE Technology Co., Ltd.
Proprietary & Confidential

6
221

224

APR. 26, 2007
Preliminary Version: 0.6